Save vendor to reduce network requests

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Copyright (c) 2016 The Gitea Authors
+Copyright (c) 2014 The Gogs Authors
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
+THE SOFTWARE.

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_cron.go

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// CronTask represents a Cron task
+type CronTask struct {
+	Name      string    `json:"name"`
+	Schedule  string    `json:"schedule"`
+	Next      time.Time `json:"next"`
+	Prev      time.Time `json:"prev"`
+	ExecTimes int64     `json:"exec_times"`
+}
+
+// ListCronTaskOptions list options for ListCronTasks
+type ListCronTaskOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListCronTasks list available cron tasks
+func (c *Client) ListCronTasks(opt ListCronTaskOptions) ([]*CronTask, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	ct := make([]*CronTask, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &ct)
+	return ct, resp, err
+}
+
+// RunCronTasks run a cron task
+func (c *Client) RunCronTasks(task string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&task); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/cron/%s", task), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListOrgsOptions options for listing admin's organizations
+type AdminListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListOrgs lists all orgs
+func (c *Client) AdminListOrgs(opt AdminListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateOrg create an organization
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateOrg(user string, opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/orgs", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminCreateRepo create a repo
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateRepo(user string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/repos", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/admin_user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// AdminListUsersOptions options for listing admin users
+type AdminListUsersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// AdminListUsers lists all users
+func (c *Client) AdminListUsers(opt AdminListUsersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateUserOption create user options
+type CreateUserOption struct {
+	SourceID           int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName          string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Username           string       `json:"username"`
+	FullName           string       `json:"full_name"`
+	Email              string       `json:"email"`
+	Password           string       `json:"password"`
+	MustChangePassword *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	SendNotify         bool         `json:"send_notify"`
+	Visibility         *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt CreateUserOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Email) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("email is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Username) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("username is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUser create a user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUser(opt CreateUserOption) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	user := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/admin/users", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), user)
+	return user, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditUserOption edit user options
+type EditUserOption struct {
+	SourceID                int64        `json:"source_id"`
+	LoginName               string       `json:"login_name"`
+	Email                   *string      `json:"email"`
+	FullName                *string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Password                string       `json:"password"`
+	Description             *string      `json:"description"`
+	MustChangePassword      *bool        `json:"must_change_password"`
+	Website                 *string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                *string      `json:"location"`
+	Active                  *bool        `json:"active"`
+	Admin                   *bool        `json:"admin"`
+	AllowGitHook            *bool        `json:"allow_git_hook"`
+	AllowImportLocal        *bool        `json:"allow_import_local"`
+	MaxRepoCreation         *int         `json:"max_repo_creation"`
+	ProhibitLogin           *bool        `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	AllowCreateOrganization *bool        `json:"allow_create_organization"`
+	Restricted              *bool        `json:"restricted"`
+	Visibility              *VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// AdminEditUser modify user informations
+func (c *Client) AdminEditUser(user string, opt EditUserOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUser delete one user according name
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUser(user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s", user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminCreateUserPublicKey adds a public key for the user
+func (c *Client) AdminCreateUserPublicKey(user string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys", user), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// AdminDeleteUserPublicKey deletes a user's public key
+func (c *Client) AdminDeleteUserPublicKey(user string, keyID int) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/admin/users/%s/keys/%d", user, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/attachment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"mime/multipart"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Attachment a generic attachment
+type Attachment struct {
+	ID            int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name          string    `json:"name"`
+	Size          int64     `json:"size"`
+	DownloadCount int64     `json:"download_count"`
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	UUID          string    `json:"uuid"`
+	DownloadURL   string    `json:"browser_download_url"`
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions options for listing release's attachments
+type ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListReleaseAttachments list release's attachments
+func (c *Client) ListReleaseAttachments(user, repo string, release int64, opt ListReleaseAttachmentsOptions) ([]*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	attachments := make([]*Attachment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets?%s", user, repo, release, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &attachments)
+	return attachments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseAttachment returns the requested attachment
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	a := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id),
+		nil, nil, &a)
+	return a, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseAttachment creates an attachment for the given release
+func (c *Client) CreateReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, file io.Reader, filename string) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	// Write file to body
+	body := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	writer := multipart.NewWriter(body)
+	part, err := writer.CreateFormFile("attachment", filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err = io.Copy(part, file); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err = writer.Close(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	// Send request
+	attachment := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets", user, repo, release),
+		http.Header{"Content-Type": {writer.FormDataContentType()}}, body, &attachment)
+	return attachment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditAttachmentOptions options for editing attachments
+type EditAttachmentOptions struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// EditReleaseAttachment updates the given attachment with the given options
+func (c *Client) EditReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, attachment int64, form EditAttachmentOptions) (*Attachment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	attach := new(Attachment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, attachment), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), attach)
+	return attach, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseAttachment deletes the given attachment including the uploaded file
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseAttachment(user, repo string, release int64, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d/assets/%d", user, repo, release, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+var jsonHeader = http.Header{"content-type": []string{"application/json"}}
+
+// Version return the library version
+func Version() string {
+	return "0.15.1"
+}
+
+// Client represents a thread-safe Gitea API client.
+type Client struct {
+	url         string
+	accessToken string
+	username    string
+	password    string
+	otp         string
+	sudo        string
+	debug       bool
+	client      *http.Client
+	ctx         context.Context
+	mutex       sync.RWMutex
+
+	serverVersion  *version.Version
+	getVersionOnce sync.Once
+	ignoreVersion  bool // only set by SetGiteaVersion so don't need a mutex lock
+}
+
+// Response represents the gitea response
+type Response struct {
+	*http.Response
+}
+
+// ClientOption are functions used to init a new client
+type ClientOption func(*Client) error
+
+// NewClient initializes and returns a API client.
+// Usage of all gitea.Client methods is concurrency-safe.
+func NewClient(url string, options ...ClientOption) (*Client, error) {
+	client := &Client{
+		url:    strings.TrimSuffix(url, "/"),
+		client: &http.Client{},
+		ctx:    context.Background(),
+	}
+	for _, opt := range options {
+		if err := opt(client); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+	if err := client.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// NewClientWithHTTP creates an API client with a custom http client
+// Deprecated use SetHTTPClient option
+func NewClientWithHTTP(url string, httpClient *http.Client) *Client {
+	client, _ := NewClient(url, SetHTTPClient(httpClient))
+	return client
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient is an option for NewClient to set custom http client
+func SetHTTPClient(httpClient *http.Client) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetHTTPClient(httpClient)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetHTTPClient replaces default http.Client with user given one.
+func (c *Client) SetHTTPClient(client *http.Client) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.client = client
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetToken is an option for NewClient to set token
+func SetToken(token string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.accessToken = token
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth is an option for NewClient to set username and password
+func SetBasicAuth(username, password string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetBasicAuth(username, password)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBasicAuth sets username and password
+func (c *Client) SetBasicAuth(username, password string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.username, c.password = username, password
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetOTP is an option for NewClient to set OTP for 2FA
+func SetOTP(otp string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetOTP(otp)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetOTP sets OTP for 2FA
+func (c *Client) SetOTP(otp string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.otp = otp
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetContext is an option for NewClient to set the default context
+func SetContext(ctx context.Context) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetContext(ctx)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetContext set default context witch is used for http requests
+func (c *Client) SetContext(ctx context.Context) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.ctx = ctx
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetSudo is an option for NewClient to set sudo header
+func SetSudo(sudo string) ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.SetSudo(sudo)
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+// SetSudo sets username to impersonate.
+func (c *Client) SetSudo(sudo string) {
+	c.mutex.Lock()
+	c.sudo = sudo
+	c.mutex.Unlock()
+}
+
+// SetDebugMode is an option for NewClient to enable debug mode
+func SetDebugMode() ClientOption {
+	return func(client *Client) error {
+		client.mutex.Lock()
+		client.debug = true
+		client.mutex.Unlock()
+		return nil
+	}
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getWebResponse(method, path string, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nBody: %v\n", method, c.url+path, body)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+path, body)
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+	return data, &Response{resp}, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) doRequest(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	debug := c.debug
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("%s: %s\nHeader: %v\nBody: %s\n", method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, header, body)
+	}
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(c.ctx, method, c.url+"/api/v1"+path, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if len(c.accessToken) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Authorization", "token "+c.accessToken)
+	}
+	if len(c.otp) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("X-GITEA-OTP", c.otp)
+	}
+	if len(c.username) != 0 {
+		req.SetBasicAuth(c.username, c.password)
+	}
+	if len(c.sudo) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("Sudo", c.sudo)
+	}
+
+	client := c.client // client ref can change from this point on so safe it
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+
+	for k, v := range header {
+		req.Header[k] = v
+	}
+
+	resp, err := client.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if debug {
+		fmt.Printf("Response: %v\n\n", resp)
+	}
+	return &Response{resp}, nil
+}
+
+// Converts a response for a HTTP status code indicating an error condition
+// (non-2XX) to a well-known error value and response body. For non-problematic
+// (2XX) status codes nil will be returned. Note that on a non-2XX response, the
+// response body stream will have been read and, hence, is closed on return.
+func statusCodeToErr(resp *Response) (body []byte, err error) {
+	// no error
+	if resp.StatusCode/100 == 2 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	//
+	// error: body will be read for details
+	//
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("body read on HTTP error %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
+	}
+
+	switch resp.StatusCode {
+	case 403:
+		return data, errors.New("403 Forbidden")
+	case 404:
+		return data, errors.New("404 Not Found")
+	case 409:
+		return data, errors.New("409 Conflict")
+	case 422:
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("422 Unprocessable Entity: %s", string(data))
+	}
+
+	path := resp.Request.URL.Path
+	method := resp.Request.Method
+	header := resp.Request.Header
+	errMap := make(map[string]interface{})
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &errMap); err != nil {
+		// when the JSON can't be parsed, data was probably empty or a
+		// plain string, so we try to return a helpful error anyway
+		return data, fmt.Errorf("Unknown API Error: %d\nRequest: '%s' with '%s' method '%s' header and '%s' body", resp.StatusCode, path, method, header, string(data))
+	}
+	return data, errors.New(errMap["message"].(string))
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	// check for errors
+	data, err := statusCodeToErr(resp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return data, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// success (2XX), read body
+	data, err = ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return data, resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getParsedResponse(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader, obj interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	return resp, json.Unmarshal(data, obj)
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getStatusCode(method, path string, header http.Header, body io.Reader) (int, *Response, error) {
+	resp, err := c.doRequest(method, path, header, body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return -1, resp, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return resp.StatusCode, resp, nil
+}
+
+// pathEscapeSegments escapes segments of a path while not escaping forward slash
+func pathEscapeSegments(path string) string {
+	slice := strings.Split(path, "/")
+	for index := range slice {
+		slice[index] = url.PathEscape(slice[index])
+	}
+	escapedPath := strings.Join(slice, "/")
+	return escapedPath
+}
+
+// escapeValidatePathSegments is a help function to validate and encode url path segments
+func escapeValidatePathSegments(seg ...*string) error {
+	for i := range seg {
+		if seg[i] == nil || len(*seg[i]) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("path segment [%d] is empty", i)
+		}
+		*seg[i] = url.PathEscape(*seg[i])
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea // import "code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea"

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/fork.go

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListForksOptions options for listing repository's forks
+type ListForksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListForks list a repository's forks
+func (c *Client) ListForks(user string, repo string, opt ListForksOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	forks := make([]*Repository, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &forks)
+	return forks, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateForkOption options for creating a fork
+type CreateForkOption struct {
+	// organization name, if forking into an organization
+	Organization *string `json:"organization"`
+}
+
+// CreateFork create a fork of a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFork(user, repo string, form CreateForkOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fork := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/forks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &fork)
+	return fork, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_blob.go

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitBlobResponse represents a git blob
+type GitBlobResponse struct {
+	Content  string `json:"content"`
+	Encoding string `json:"encoding"`
+	URL      string `json:"url"`
+	SHA      string `json:"sha"`
+	Size     int64  `json:"size"`
+}
+
+// GetBlob get the blob of a repository file
+func (c *Client) GetBlob(user, repo, sha string) (*GitBlobResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	blob := new(GitBlobResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/blobs/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, blob)
+	return blob, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/git_hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitHook represents a Git repository hook
+type GitHook struct {
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	IsActive bool   `json:"is_active"`
+	Content  string `json:"content,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooksOptions options for listing repository's githooks
+type ListRepoGitHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoGitHooks list all the Git hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoGitHooks(user, repo string, opt ListRepoGitHooksOptions) ([]*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*GitHook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoGitHook get a Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*GitHook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(GitHook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditGitHookOption options when modifying one Git hook
+type EditGitHookOption struct {
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// EditRepoGitHook modify one Git hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string, opt EditGitHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoGitHook delete one Git hook from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoGitHook(user, repo, id string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &id); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/git/%s", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/helper.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// OptionalBool convert a bool to a bool reference
+func OptionalBool(v bool) *bool {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalString convert a string to a string reference
+func OptionalString(v string) *string {
+	return &v
+}
+
+// OptionalInt64 convert a int64 to a int64 reference
+func OptionalInt64(v int64) *int64 {
+	return &v
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/hook.go

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Hook a hook is a web hook when one repository changed
+type Hook struct {
+	ID      int64             `json:"id"`
+	Type    string            `json:"type"`
+	URL     string            `json:"-"`
+	Config  map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events  []string          `json:"events"`
+	Active  bool              `json:"active"`
+	Updated time.Time         `json:"updated_at"`
+	Created time.Time         `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// HookType represent all webhook types gitea currently offer
+type HookType string
+
+const (
+	// HookTypeDingtalk webhook that dingtalk understand
+	HookTypeDingtalk HookType = "dingtalk"
+	// HookTypeDiscord webhook that discord understand
+	HookTypeDiscord HookType = "discord"
+	// HookTypeGitea webhook that gitea understand
+	HookTypeGitea HookType = "gitea"
+	// HookTypeGogs webhook that gogs understand
+	HookTypeGogs HookType = "gogs"
+	// HookTypeMsteams webhook that msteams understand
+	HookTypeMsteams HookType = "msteams"
+	// HookTypeSlack webhook that slack understand
+	HookTypeSlack HookType = "slack"
+	// HookTypeTelegram webhook that telegram understand
+	HookTypeTelegram HookType = "telegram"
+	// HookTypeFeishu webhook that feishu understand
+	HookTypeFeishu HookType = "feishu"
+)
+
+// ListHooksOptions options for listing hooks
+type ListHooksOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgHooks list all the hooks of one organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgHooks(org string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoHooks list all the hooks of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoHooks(user, repo string, opt ListHooksOptions) ([]*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	hooks := make([]*Hook, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &hooks)
+	return hooks, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrgHook get a hook of an organization
+func (c *Client) GetOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoHook get a hook of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil, h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateHookOption options when create a hook
+type CreateHookOption struct {
+	Type         HookType          `json:"type"`
+	Config       map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events       []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active       bool              `json:"active"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateHookOption struct
+func (opt CreateHookOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Type) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("hook type needed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrgHook create one hook for an organization, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgHook(org string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoHook create one hook for a repository, with options
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoHook(user, repo string, opt CreateHookOption) (*Hook, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	h := new(Hook)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), h)
+	return h, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditHookOption options when modify one hook
+type EditHookOption struct {
+	Config       map[string]string `json:"config"`
+	Events       []string          `json:"events"`
+	BranchFilter string            `json:"branch_filter"`
+	Active       *bool             `json:"active"`
+}
+
+// EditOrgHook modify one hook of an organization, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditOrgHook(org string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoHook modify one hook of a repository, with hook id and options
+func (c *Client) EditRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64, opt EditHookOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrgHook delete one hook from an organization, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgHook(org string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/hooks/%d", org, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoHook delete one hook from a repository, with hook id
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoHook(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/hooks/%d", user, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue.go

@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PullRequestMeta PR info if an issue is a PR
+type PullRequestMeta struct {
+	HasMerged bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged    *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+}
+
+// RepositoryMeta basic repository information
+type RepositoryMeta struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Owner    string `json:"owner"`
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+}
+
+// Issue represents an issue in a repository
+type Issue struct {
+	ID               int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL              string     `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL          string     `json:"html_url"`
+	Index            int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster           *User      `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string     `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64      `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Title            string     `json:"title"`
+	Body             string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref              string     `json:"ref"`
+	Labels           []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone        *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignees        []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	// Whether the issue is open or closed
+	State       StateType        `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked    bool             `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments    int              `json:"comments"`
+	Created     time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed      *time.Time       `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time       `json:"due_date"`
+	PullRequest *PullRequestMeta `json:"pull_request"`
+	Repository  *RepositoryMeta  `json:"repository"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueOption list issue options
+type ListIssueOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State      StateType
+	Type       IssueType
+	Labels     []string
+	Milestones []string
+	KeyWord    string
+	Since      time.Time
+	Before     time.Time
+	// filter by created by username
+	CreatedBy string
+	// filter by assigned to username
+	AssignedBy string
+	// filter by username mentioned
+	MentionedBy string
+}
+
+// StateType issue state type
+type StateType string
+
+const (
+	// StateOpen pr/issue is opend
+	StateOpen StateType = "open"
+	// StateClosed pr/issue is closed
+	StateClosed StateType = "closed"
+	// StateAll is all
+	StateAll StateType = "all"
+)
+
+// IssueType is issue a pull or only an issue
+type IssueType string
+
+const (
+	// IssueTypeAll pr and issue
+	IssueTypeAll IssueType = ""
+	// IssueTypeIssue only issues
+	IssueTypeIssue IssueType = "issues"
+	// IssueTypePull only pulls
+	IssueTypePull IssueType = "pulls"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.Labels) > 0 {
+		query.Add("labels", strings.Join(opt.Labels, ","))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+
+	query.Add("type", string(opt.Type))
+
+	if len(opt.Milestones) > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestones", strings.Join(opt.Milestones, ","))
+	}
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.CreatedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("created_by", opt.CreatedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.AssignedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("assigned_by", opt.AssignedBy)
+	}
+	if len(opt.MentionedBy) > 0 {
+		query.Add("mentioned_by", opt.MentionedBy)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssues returns all issues assigned the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) ListIssues(opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/issues/search")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssues returns all issues for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssues(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueOption) ([]*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	issues := make([]*Issue, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &issues)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil {
+		for i := 0; i < len(issues); i++ {
+			if issues[i].Repository != nil {
+				issues[i].Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issues[i].Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := range issues {
+		c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issues[i])
+	}
+	return issues, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssue returns a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) GetIssue(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, issue)
+	if e := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); e != nil && issue.Repository != nil {
+		issue.Repository.Owner = strings.Split(issue.Repository.FullName, "/")[0]
+	}
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueOption options to create one issue
+type CreateIssueOption struct {
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Ref       string     `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	// milestone id
+	Milestone int64 `json:"milestone"`
+	// list of label ids
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+	Closed bool    `json:"closed"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssue create a new issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) CreateIssue(owner, repo string, opt CreateIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueOption options for editing an issue
+type EditIssueOption struct {
+	Title          string     `json:"title"`
+	Body           *string    `json:"body"`
+	Ref            *string    `json:"ref"`
+	Assignees      []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone      *int64     `json:"milestone"`
+	State          *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline       *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	RemoveDeadline *bool      `json:"unset_due_date"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssue modify an existing issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) EditIssue(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditIssueOption) (*Issue, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	issue := new(Issue)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), issue)
+	c.issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue)
+	return issue, resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) issueBackwardsCompatibility(issue *Issue) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		issue.HTMLURL = fmt.Sprintf("%s/%s/issues/%d", c.url, issue.Repository.FullName, issue.Index)
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_comment.go

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Comment represents a comment on a commit or issue
+type Comment struct {
+	ID               int64     `json:"id"`
+	HTMLURL          string    `json:"html_url"`
+	PRURL            string    `json:"pull_request_url"`
+	IssueURL         string    `json:"issue_url"`
+	Poster           *User     `json:"user"`
+	OriginalAuthor   string    `json:"original_author"`
+	OriginalAuthorID int64     `json:"original_author_id"`
+	Body             string    `json:"body"`
+	Created          time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated          time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// ListIssueCommentOptions list comment options
+type ListIssueCommentOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListIssueCommentOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListIssueComments list comments on an issue.
+func (c *Client) ListIssueComments(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoIssueComments list comments for a given repo.
+func (c *Client) ListRepoIssueComments(owner, repo string, opt ListIssueCommentOptions) ([]*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	comments := make([]*Comment, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &comments)
+	return comments, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueComment get a comment for a given repo by id.
+func (c *Client) GetIssueComment(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return comment, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, &comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateIssueCommentOption options for creating a comment on an issue
+type CreateIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt CreateIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateIssueComment create comment on an issue.
+func (c *Client) CreateIssueComment(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreateIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/comments", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditIssueCommentOption options for editing a comment
+type EditIssueCommentOption struct {
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditIssueCommentOption struct
+func (opt EditIssueCommentOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Body) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditIssueComment edits an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) EditIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64, opt EditIssueCommentOption) (*Comment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	comment := new(Comment)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), comment)
+	return comment, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueComment deletes an issue comment.
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueComment(owner, repo string, commentID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_label.go

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Label a label to an issue or a pr
+type Label struct {
+	ID   int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: 00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	URL         string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// ListLabelsOptions options for listing repository's labels
+type ListLabelsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoLabels list labels of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoLabels(owner, repo string, opt ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels?%s", owner, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLabel get one label of repository by repo it
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateLabelOption options for creating a label
+type CreateLabelOption struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// example: #00aabb
+	Color       string `json:"color"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateLabelOption struct
+func (opt CreateLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", opt.Color)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !aw {
+		return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+	}
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateLabel create one label of repository
+func (c *Client) CreateLabel(owner, repo string, opt CreateLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if len(opt.Color) == 6 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			opt.Color = "#" + opt.Color
+		}
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditLabelOption options for editing a label
+type EditLabelOption struct {
+	Name        *string `json:"name"`
+	Color       *string `json:"color"`
+	Description *string `json:"description"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditLabelOption struct
+func (opt EditLabelOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Color != nil {
+		aw, err := regexp.MatchString("^#?[0-9,a-f,A-F]{6}$", *opt.Color)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		if !aw {
+			return fmt.Errorf("invalid color format")
+		}
+	}
+	if opt.Name != nil {
+		if len(strings.TrimSpace(*opt.Name)) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("empty name not allowed")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditLabel modify one label with options
+func (c *Client) EditLabel(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditLabelOption) (*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	label := new(Label)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), label)
+	return label, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteLabel delete one label of repository by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteLabel(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/labels/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueLabels get labels of one issue via issue id
+func (c *Client) GetIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opts ListLabelsOptions) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	labels := make([]*Label, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels?%s", owner, repo, index, opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueLabelsOption a collection of labels
+type IssueLabelsOption struct {
+	// list of label IDs
+	Labels []int64 `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// AddIssueLabels add one or more labels to one issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReplaceIssueLabels replace old labels of issue with new labels
+func (c *Client) ReplaceIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64, opt IssueLabelsOption) ([]*Label, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	var labels []*Label
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &labels)
+	return labels, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueLabel delete one label of one issue by issue id and label id
+// TODO: maybe we need delete by label name and issue id
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueLabel(owner, repo string, index, label int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels/%d", owner, repo, index, label), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ClearIssueLabels delete all the labels of one issue.
+func (c *Client) ClearIssueLabels(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/labels", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_milestone.go

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Milestone milestone is a collection of issues on one repository
+type Milestone struct {
+	ID           int64      `json:"id"`
+	Title        string     `json:"title"`
+	Description  string     `json:"description"`
+	State        StateType  `json:"state"`
+	OpenIssues   int        `json:"open_issues"`
+	ClosedIssues int        `json:"closed_issues"`
+	Created      time.Time  `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated      *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed       *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+	Deadline     *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// ListMilestoneOption list milestone options
+type ListMilestoneOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	// open, closed, all
+	State StateType
+	Name  string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListMilestoneOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.State != "" {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) != 0 {
+		query.Add("name", opt.Name)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoMilestones list all the milestones of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo string, opt ListMilestoneOption) ([]*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	milestones := make([]*Milestone, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &milestones)
+	return milestones, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestone get one milestone by repo name and milestone id
+func (c *Client) GetMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMilestoneByName get one milestone by repo and milestone name
+func (c *Client) GetMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, resp, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		return m, resp, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil, milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateMilestoneOption options for creating a milestone
+type CreateMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description string     `json:"description"`
+	State       StateType  `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt CreateMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateMilestone create one milestone with options
+func (c *Client) CreateMilestone(owner, repo string, opt CreateMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+
+	// make creating closed milestones need gitea >= v1.13.0
+	// this make it backwards compatible
+	if err == nil && opt.State == StateClosed && milestone.State != StateClosed {
+		closed := StateClosed
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, milestone.ID, EditMilestoneOption{
+			State: &closed,
+		})
+	}
+
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneOption options for editing a milestone
+type EditMilestoneOption struct {
+	Title       string     `json:"title"`
+	Description *string    `json:"description"`
+	State       *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline    *time.Time `json:"due_on"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditMilestoneOption struct
+func (opt EditMilestoneOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditMilestone modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditMilestoneByName modify milestone with options
+func (c *Client) EditMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string, opt EditMilestoneOption) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.EditMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID, opt)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	milestone := new(Milestone)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), milestone)
+	return milestone, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestone delete one milestone by id
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestone(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%d", owner, repo, id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteMilestoneByName delete one milestone by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteMilestoneByName(owner, repo string, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		// backwards compatibility mode
+		m, _, err := c.resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return c.DeleteMilestone(owner, repo, m.ID)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/milestones/%s", owner, repo, name), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// resolveMilestoneByName is a fallback method to find milestone id by name
+func (c *Client) resolveMilestoneByName(owner, repo, name string) (*Milestone, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		miles, resp, err := c.ListRepoMilestones(owner, repo, ListMilestoneOption{
+			ListOptions: ListOptions{
+				Page: i,
+			},
+			State: "all",
+		})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if len(miles) == 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("milestone '%s' do not exist", name)
+		}
+		for _, m := range miles {
+			if strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(m.Title)) == strings.ToLower(strings.TrimSpace(name)) {
+				return m, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_reaction.go

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Reaction contain one reaction
+type Reaction struct {
+	User     *User     `json:"user"`
+	Reaction string    `json:"content"`
+	Created  time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+}
+
+// GetIssueReactions get a list reactions of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueReactions(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetIssueCommentReactions get a list of reactions from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueCommentReactions(owner, repo string, commentID int64) ([]*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactions := make([]*Reaction, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID), nil, nil, &reactions)
+	return reactions, resp, err
+}
+
+// editReactionOption contain the reaction type
+type editReactionOption struct {
+	Reaction string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// PostIssueReaction add a reaction to an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueReaction remove a reaction from an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueReaction(owner, repo string, index int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/reactions", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// PostIssueCommentReaction add a reaction to a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) PostIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Reaction, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reactionResponse := new(Reaction)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), reactionResponse)
+	return reactionResponse, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueCommentReaction remove a reaction from a comment of an issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueCommentReaction(owner, repo string, commentID int64, reaction string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&editReactionOption{Reaction: reaction})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/comments/%d/reactions", owner, repo, commentID),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_stopwatch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StopWatch represents a running stopwatch of an issue / pr
+type StopWatch struct {
+	Created       time.Time `json:"created"`
+	Seconds       int64     `json:"seconds"`
+	Duration      string    `json:"duration"`
+	IssueIndex    int64     `json:"issue_index"`
+	IssueTitle    string    `json:"issue_title"`
+	RepoOwnerName string    `json:"repo_owner_name"`
+	RepoName      string    `json:"repo_name"`
+}
+
+// GetMyStopwatches list all stopwatches
+func (c *Client) GetMyStopwatches() ([]*StopWatch, *Response, error) {
+	stopwatches := make([]*StopWatch, 0, 1)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/stopwatches", nil, nil, &stopwatches)
+	return stopwatches, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueStopwatch delete / cancel a specific stopwatch
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueStopwatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/delete", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StartIssueStopWatch starts a stopwatch for an existing issue for a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StartIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/start", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// StopIssueStopWatch stops an existing stopwatch for an issue in a given
+// repository
+func (c *Client) StopIssueStopWatch(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/stopwatch/stop", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_subscription.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetIssueSubscribers get list of users who subscribed on an issue
+func (c *Client) GetIssueSubscribers(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	subscribers := make([]*User, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, &subscribers)
+	return subscribers, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddIssueSubscription Subscribe user to issue
+func (c *Client) AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already subscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// DeleteIssueSubscription unsubscribe user from issue
+func (c *Client) DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/%s", owner, repo, index, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusCreated {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("already unsubscribed")
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// CheckIssueSubscription check if current user is subscribed to an issue
+func (c *Client) CheckIssueSubscription(owner, repo string, index int64) (*WatchInfo, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	wi := new(WatchInfo)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/subscriptions/check", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, wi)
+	return wi, resp, err
+}
+
+// IssueSubscribe subscribe current user to an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.AddIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}
+
+// IssueUnSubscribe unsubscribe current user from an issue
+func (c *Client) IssueUnSubscribe(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return c.DeleteIssueSubscription(owner, repo, index, u.UserName)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/issue_tracked_time.go

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// TrackedTime worked time for an issue / pr
+type TrackedTime struct {
+	ID      int64     `json:"id"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	UserID   int64  `json:"user_id"`
+	UserName string `json:"user_name"`
+	// deprecated (only for backwards compatibility)
+	IssueID int64  `json:"issue_id"`
+	Issue   *Issue `json:"issue"`
+}
+
+// ListTrackedTimesOptions options for listing repository's tracked times
+type ListTrackedTimesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since  time.Time
+	Before time.Time
+	// User filter is only used by ListRepoTrackedTimes !!!
+	User string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListTrackedTimesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+
+	if len(opt.User) != 0 {
+		query.Add("user", opt.User)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoTrackedTimes list tracked times of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/times", owner, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyTrackedTimes list tracked times of the current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyTrackedTimes() ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/times", jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTimeOption options for adding time to an issue
+type AddTimeOption struct {
+	// time in seconds
+	Time int64 `json:"time"`
+	// optional
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// optional
+	User string `json:"user_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the AddTimeOption struct
+func (opt AddTimeOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Time == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("no time to add")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddTime adds time to issue with the given index
+func (c *Client) AddTime(owner, repo string, index int64, opt AddTimeOption) (*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(TrackedTime)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListIssueTrackedTimes list tracked times of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ListIssueTrackedTimes(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListTrackedTimesOptions) ([]*TrackedTime, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	times := make([]*TrackedTime, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &times)
+	return times, resp, err
+}
+
+// ResetIssueTime reset tracked time of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) ResetIssueTime(owner, repo string, index int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTime delete a specific tracked time by id of a single issue for a given repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteTime(owner, repo string, index, timeID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/issues/%d/times/%d", owner, repo, index, timeID), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/list_options.go

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+const defaultPageSize = 10
+const maxPageSize = 50
+
+// ListOptions options for using Gitea's API pagination
+type ListOptions struct {
+	Page     int
+	PageSize int
+}
+
+func (o ListOptions) getURLQuery() url.Values {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.Page))
+	query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", o.PageSize))
+
+	return query
+}
+
+// setDefaults set default pagination options if none or wrong are set
+// if you set -1 as page it will set all to 0
+func (o *ListOptions) setDefaults() {
+	if o.Page < 0 {
+		o.Page, o.PageSize = 0, 0
+		return
+	} else if o.Page == 0 {
+		o.Page = 1
+	}
+
+	if o.PageSize < 0 || o.PageSize > maxPageSize {
+		o.PageSize = defaultPageSize
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/notifications.go

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+var (
+	version1_12_3, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.3")
+)
+
+// NotificationThread expose Notification on API
+type NotificationThread struct {
+	ID         int64                `json:"id"`
+	Repository *Repository          `json:"repository"`
+	Subject    *NotificationSubject `json:"subject"`
+	Unread     bool                 `json:"unread"`
+	Pinned     bool                 `json:"pinned"`
+	UpdatedAt  time.Time            `json:"updated_at"`
+	URL        string               `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// NotificationSubject contains the notification subject (Issue/Pull/Commit)
+type NotificationSubject struct {
+	Title            string             `json:"title"`
+	URL              string             `json:"url"`
+	LatestCommentURL string             `json:"latest_comment_url"`
+	Type             NotifySubjectType  `json:"type"`
+	State            NotifySubjectState `json:"state"`
+}
+
+// NotifyStatus notification status type
+type NotifyStatus string
+
+const (
+	// NotifyStatusUnread was not read
+	NotifyStatusUnread NotifyStatus = "unread"
+	// NotifyStatusRead was already read by user
+	NotifyStatusRead NotifyStatus = "read"
+	// NotifyStatusPinned notification is pinned by user
+	NotifyStatusPinned NotifyStatus = "pinned"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectType represent type of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectType string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectIssue an issue is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectIssue NotifySubjectType = "Issue"
+	// NotifySubjectPull an pull is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectPull NotifySubjectType = "Pull"
+	// NotifySubjectCommit an commit is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectCommit NotifySubjectType = "Commit"
+	// NotifySubjectRepository an repository is subject of an notification
+	NotifySubjectRepository NotifySubjectType = "Repository"
+)
+
+// NotifySubjectState reflect state of notification subject
+type NotifySubjectState string
+
+const (
+	// NotifySubjectOpen if subject is a pull/issue and is open at the moment
+	NotifySubjectOpen NotifySubjectState = "open"
+	// NotifySubjectClosed if subject is a pull/issue and is closed at the moment
+	NotifySubjectClosed NotifySubjectState = "closed"
+	// NotifySubjectMerged if subject is a pull and got merged
+	NotifySubjectMerged NotifySubjectState = "merged"
+)
+
+// ListNotificationOptions represents the filter options
+type ListNotificationOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	Since        time.Time
+	Before       time.Time
+	Status       []NotifyStatus
+	SubjectTypes []NotifySubjectType
+}
+
+// MarkNotificationOptions represents the filter & modify options
+type MarkNotificationOptions struct {
+	LastReadAt time.Time
+	Status     []NotifyStatus
+	ToStatus   NotifyStatus
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *ListNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if !opt.Since.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("since", opt.Since.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	if !opt.Before.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("before", opt.Before.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.SubjectTypes {
+		query.Add("subject-type", string(s))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt ListNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// QueryEncode encode options to url query
+func (opt *MarkNotificationOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if !opt.LastReadAt.IsZero() {
+		query.Add("last_read_at", opt.LastReadAt.Format(time.RFC3339))
+	}
+	for _, s := range opt.Status {
+		query.Add("status-types", string(s))
+	}
+	if len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		query.Add("to-status", string(opt.ToStatus))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateUserOption struct
+func (opt MarkNotificationOptions) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Status) != 0 || len(opt.ToStatus) != 0 {
+		return c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_3)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CheckNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) CheckNotifications() (int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return 0, nil, err
+	}
+	new := struct {
+		New int64 `json:"new"`
+	}{}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/notifications/new", jsonHeader, nil, &new)
+	return new.New, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetNotification get notification thread by ID
+func (c *Client) GetNotification(id int64) (*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	thread := new(NotificationThread)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id), nil, nil, thread)
+	return thread, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotification mark notification thread as read by ID
+// It optionally takes a second argument if status has to be set other than 'read'
+func (c *Client) ReadNotification(id int64, status ...NotifyStatus) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link := fmt.Sprintf("/notifications/threads/%d", id)
+	if len(status) != 0 {
+		link += fmt.Sprintf("?to-status=%s", status[0])
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", link, nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListNotifications list users's notification threads
+func (c *Client) ListNotifications(opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadNotifications mark notification threads as read
+func (c *Client) ReadNotifications(opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/notifications")
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListRepoNotifications list users's notification threads on a specific repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt ListNotificationOptions) ([]*NotificationThread, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	threads := make([]*NotificationThread, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &threads)
+	return threads, resp, err
+}
+
+// ReadRepoNotifications mark notification threads as read on a specific repo
+func (c *Client) ReadRepoNotifications(owner, repo string, opt MarkNotificationOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/notifications", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", link.String(), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/oauth2.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Oauth2 represents an Oauth2 Application
+type Oauth2 struct {
+	ID           int64     `json:"id"`
+	Name         string    `json:"name"`
+	ClientID     string    `json:"client_id"`
+	ClientSecret string    `json:"client_secret"`
+	RedirectURIs []string  `json:"redirect_uris"`
+	Created      time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// ListOauth2Option for listing Oauth2 Applications
+type ListOauth2Option struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2Option required options for creating an Application
+type CreateOauth2Option struct {
+	Name         string   `json:"name"`
+	RedirectURIs []string `json:"redirect_uris"`
+}
+
+// CreateOauth2 create an Oauth2 Application and returns a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) CreateOauth2(opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/applications/oauth2", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID and return a completed Oauth2 object.
+func (c *Client) UpdateOauth2(oauth2id int64, opt CreateOauth2Option) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth := new(Oauth2)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), oauth)
+	return oauth, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOauth2 a specific Oauth2 Application by ID.
+func (c *Client) GetOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	oauth2s := &Oauth2{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOauth2 all of your Oauth2 Applications.
+func (c *Client) ListOauth2(opt ListOauth2Option) ([]*Oauth2, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	oauth2s := make([]*Oauth2, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &oauth2s)
+	return oauth2s, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOauth2 delete an Oauth2 application by ID
+func (c *Client) DeleteOauth2(oauth2id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/applications/oauth2/%d", oauth2id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org.go

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Organization represents an organization
+type Organization struct {
+	ID          int64  `json:"id"`
+	UserName    string `json:"username"`
+	FullName    string `json:"full_name"`
+	AvatarURL   string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	Website     string `json:"website"`
+	Location    string `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  string `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// VisibleType defines the visibility
+type VisibleType string
+
+const (
+	// VisibleTypePublic Visible for everyone
+	VisibleTypePublic VisibleType = "public"
+
+	// VisibleTypeLimited Visible for every connected user
+	VisibleTypeLimited VisibleType = "limited"
+
+	// VisibleTypePrivate Visible only for organization's members
+	VisibleTypePrivate VisibleType = "private"
+)
+
+// ListOrgsOptions options for listing organizations
+type ListOrgsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyOrgs list all of current user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListMyOrgs(opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/orgs?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserOrgs list all of some user's organizations
+func (c *Client) ListUserOrgs(user string, opt ListOrgsOptions) ([]*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	orgs := make([]*Organization, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/orgs?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &orgs)
+	return orgs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetOrg get one organization by name
+func (c *Client) GetOrg(orgname string) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), nil, nil, org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgOption options for creating an organization
+type CreateOrgOption struct {
+	Name                      string      `json:"username"`
+	FullName                  string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string      `json:"description"`
+	Website                   string      `json:"website"`
+	Location                  string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility                VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+	RepoAdminChangeTeamAccess bool        `json:"repo_admin_change_team_access"`
+}
+
+// checkVisibilityOpt check if mode exist
+func checkVisibilityOpt(v VisibleType) bool {
+	return v == VisibleTypePublic || v == VisibleTypeLimited || v == VisibleTypePrivate
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateOrgOption struct
+func (opt CreateOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("empty org name")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateOrg creates an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateOrg(opt CreateOrgOption) (*Organization, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	org := new(Organization)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/orgs", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), org)
+	return org, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditOrgOption options for editing an organization
+type EditOrgOption struct {
+	FullName    string      `json:"full_name"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Website     string      `json:"website"`
+	Location    string      `json:"location"`
+	Visibility  VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditOrgOption struct
+func (opt EditOrgOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Visibility) != 0 && !checkVisibilityOpt(opt.Visibility) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("infalid bisibility option")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditOrg modify one organization via options
+func (c *Client) EditOrg(orgname string, opt EditOrgOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteOrg deletes an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrg(orgname string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&orgname); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s", orgname), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_member.go

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// DeleteOrgMembership remove a member from an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteOrgMembership(org, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembershipOption list OrgMembership options
+type ListOrgMembershipOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPublicOrgMembership list an organization's members
+func (c *Client) ListPublicOrgMembership(org string, opt ListOrgMembershipOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members", org))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// CheckPublicOrgMembership Check if a user is a member of an organization
+func (c *Client) CheckPublicOrgMembership(org, user string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// SetPublicOrgMembership publicize/conceal a user's membership
+func (c *Client) SetPublicOrgMembership(org, user string, visible bool) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var (
+		status int
+		err    error
+		resp   *Response
+	)
+	if visible {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	} else {
+		status, resp, err = c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/public_members/%s", org, user), nil, nil)
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNoContent:
+		return resp, nil
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("forbidden")
+	default:
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/org_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Team represents a team in an organization
+type Team struct {
+	ID                      int64          `json:"id"`
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Organization            *Organization  `json:"organization"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// RepoUnitType represent all unit types of a repo gitea currently offer
+type RepoUnitType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoUnitCode represent file view of a repository
+	RepoUnitCode RepoUnitType = "repo.code"
+	// RepoUnitIssues represent issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.issues"
+	// RepoUnitPulls represent pulls of a repository
+	RepoUnitPulls RepoUnitType = "repo.pulls"
+	// RepoUnitExtIssues represent external issues of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtIssues RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_issues"
+	// RepoUnitWiki represent wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.wiki"
+	// RepoUnitExtWiki represent external wiki of a repository
+	RepoUnitExtWiki RepoUnitType = "repo.ext_wiki"
+	// RepoUnitReleases represent releases of a repository
+	RepoUnitReleases RepoUnitType = "repo.releases"
+	// RepoUnitProjects represent projects of a repository
+	RepoUnitProjects RepoUnitType = "repo.projects"
+)
+
+// ListTeamsOptions options for listing teams
+type ListTeamsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgTeams lists all teams of an organization
+func (c *Client) ListOrgTeams(org string, opt ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyTeams lists all the teams of the current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyTeams(opt *ListTeamsOptions) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/teams?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeam gets a team by ID
+func (c *Client) GetTeam(id int64) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil, t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTeamOption options for creating a team
+type CreateTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             string         `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        bool           `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories bool           `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateTeamOption struct
+func (opt CreateTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTeam creates a team for an organization
+func (c *Client) CreateTeam(org string, opt CreateTeamOption) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/teams", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditTeamOption options for editing a team
+type EditTeamOption struct {
+	Name                    string         `json:"name"`
+	Description             *string        `json:"description"`
+	Permission              AccessMode     `json:"permission"`
+	CanCreateOrgRepo        *bool          `json:"can_create_org_repo"`
+	IncludesAllRepositories *bool          `json:"includes_all_repositories"`
+	Units                   []RepoUnitType `json:"units"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditTeamOption struct
+func (opt EditTeamOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+		opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+	} else if opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+		return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 30 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name to long")
+	}
+	if opt.Description != nil && len(*opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("description to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditTeam edits a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) EditTeam(id int64, opt EditTeamOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTeam deletes a team of an organization
+func (c *Client) DeleteTeam(id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d", id), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembersOptions options for listing team's members
+type ListTeamMembersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamMembers lists all members of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamMembers(id int64, opt ListTeamMembersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	members := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &members)
+	return members, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTeamMember gets a member of a team
+func (c *Client) GetTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	m := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil, m)
+	return m, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamMember adds a member to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamMember removes a member from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamMember(id int64, user string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/members/%s", id, user), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositoriesOptions options for listing team's repositories
+type ListTeamRepositoriesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListTeamRepositories lists all repositories of a team
+func (c *Client) ListTeamRepositories(id int64, opt ListTeamRepositoriesOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos?%s", id, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddTeamRepository adds a repository to a team
+func (c *Client) AddTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveTeamRepository removes a repository from a team
+func (c *Client) RemoveTeamRepository(id int64, org, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/teams/%d/repos/%s/%s", id, org, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull.go

@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// PRBranchInfo information about a branch
+type PRBranchInfo struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"label"`
+	Ref        string      `json:"ref"`
+	Sha        string      `json:"sha"`
+	RepoID     int64       `json:"repo_id"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repo"`
+}
+
+// PullRequest represents a pull request
+type PullRequest struct {
+	ID        int64      `json:"id"`
+	URL       string     `json:"url"`
+	Index     int64      `json:"number"`
+	Poster    *User      `json:"user"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Labels    []*Label   `json:"labels"`
+	Milestone *Milestone `json:"milestone"`
+	Assignee  *User      `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []*User    `json:"assignees"`
+	State     StateType  `json:"state"`
+	IsLocked  bool       `json:"is_locked"`
+	Comments  int        `json:"comments"`
+
+	HTMLURL  string `json:"html_url"`
+	DiffURL  string `json:"diff_url"`
+	PatchURL string `json:"patch_url"`
+
+	Mergeable      bool       `json:"mergeable"`
+	HasMerged      bool       `json:"merged"`
+	Merged         *time.Time `json:"merged_at"`
+	MergedCommitID *string    `json:"merge_commit_sha"`
+	MergedBy       *User      `json:"merged_by"`
+
+	Base      *PRBranchInfo `json:"base"`
+	Head      *PRBranchInfo `json:"head"`
+	MergeBase string        `json:"merge_base"`
+
+	Deadline *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+	Created  *time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated  *time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+	Closed   *time.Time `json:"closed_at"`
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	State StateType `json:"state"`
+	// oldest, recentupdate, leastupdate, mostcomment, leastcomment, priority
+	Sort      string
+	Milestone int64
+}
+
+// MergeStyle is used specify how a pull is merged
+type MergeStyle string
+
+const (
+	// MergeStyleMerge merge pull as usual
+	MergeStyleMerge MergeStyle = "merge"
+	// MergeStyleRebase rebase pull
+	MergeStyleRebase MergeStyle = "rebase"
+	// MergeStyleRebaseMerge rebase and merge pull
+	MergeStyleRebaseMerge MergeStyle = "rebase-merge"
+	// MergeStyleSquash squash and merge pull
+	MergeStyleSquash MergeStyle = "squash"
+)
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListPullRequestsOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if len(opt.State) > 0 {
+		query.Add("state", string(opt.State))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Sort) > 0 {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.Milestone > 0 {
+		query.Add("milestone", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Milestone))
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoPullRequests list PRs of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoPullRequests(owner, repo string, opt ListPullRequestsOptions) ([]*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	prs := make([]*PullRequest, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &prs)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		for i := range prs {
+			if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, prs[i]); err != nil {
+				return prs, resp, err
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return prs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullRequest get information of one PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index), nil, nil, pr)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		if err := fixPullHeadSha(c, pr); err != nil {
+			return pr, resp, err
+		}
+	}
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequestOption options when creating a pull request
+type CreatePullRequestOption struct {
+	Head      string     `json:"head"`
+	Base      string     `json:"base"`
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Assignee  string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels    []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullRequest create pull request with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePullRequest(owner, repo string, opt CreatePullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditPullRequestOption options when modify pull request
+type EditPullRequestOption struct {
+	Title     string     `json:"title"`
+	Body      string     `json:"body"`
+	Base      string     `json:"base"`
+	Assignee  string     `json:"assignee"`
+	Assignees []string   `json:"assignees"`
+	Milestone int64      `json:"milestone"`
+	Labels    []int64    `json:"labels"`
+	State     *StateType `json:"state"`
+	Deadline  *time.Time `json:"due_date"`
+}
+
+// Validate the EditPullRequestOption struct
+func (opt EditPullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(opt.Title) != 0 && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Base) != 0 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("can not change base gitea to old")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// EditPullRequest modify pull request with PR id and options
+func (c *Client) EditPullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt EditPullRequestOption) (*PullRequest, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	pr := new(PullRequest)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), pr)
+	return pr, resp, err
+}
+
+// MergePullRequestOption options when merging a pull request
+type MergePullRequestOption struct {
+	Style   MergeStyle `json:"Do"`
+	Title   string     `json:"MergeTitleField"`
+	Message string     `json:"MergeMessageField"`
+}
+
+var version1_11_5, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.5")
+
+// Validate the MergePullRequestOption struct
+func (opt MergePullRequestOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if opt.Style == MergeStyleSquash {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_11_5); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MergePullRequest merge a PR to repository by PR id
+func (c *Client) MergePullRequest(owner, repo string, index int64, opt MergePullRequestOption) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 200, resp, nil
+}
+
+// IsPullRequestMerged test if one PR is merged to one repository
+func (c *Client) IsPullRequestMerged(owner, repo string, index int64) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/merge", owner, repo, index), nil, nil)
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// getPullRequestDiffOrPatch gets the patch or diff file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, kind string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &kind); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		r, _, err2 := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+		if err2 != nil {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		if r.Private {
+			return nil, nil, err
+		}
+		return c.getWebResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d.%s", owner, repo, index, kind), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestPatch gets the .patch file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestPatch(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "patch", index)
+}
+
+// GetPullRequestDiff gets the .diff file as bytes for a PR
+func (c *Client) GetPullRequestDiff(owner, repo string, index int64) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	return c.getPullRequestDiffOrPatch(owner, repo, "diff", index)
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommitsOptions options for listing pull requests
+type ListPullRequestCommitsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPullRequestCommits list commits for a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullRequestCommits(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullRequestCommitsOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/commits", owner, repo, index))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}
+
+// fixPullHeadSha is a workaround for https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/issues/12675
+// When no head sha is available, this is because the branch got deleted in the base repo.
+// pr.Head.Ref points in this case not to the head repo branch name, but the base repo ref,
+// which stays available to resolve the commit sha. This is fixed for gitea >= 1.14.0
+func fixPullHeadSha(client *Client, pr *PullRequest) error {
+	if pr.Base != nil && pr.Base.Repository != nil && pr.Base.Repository.Owner != nil &&
+		pr.Head != nil && pr.Head.Ref != "" && pr.Head.Sha == "" {
+		owner := pr.Base.Repository.Owner.UserName
+		repo := pr.Base.Repository.Name
+		refs, _, err := client.GetRepoRefs(owner, repo, pr.Head.Ref)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		} else if len(refs) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve PR ref '%s'", pr.Head.Ref)
+		}
+		pr.Head.Sha = refs[0].Object.SHA
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/pull_review.go

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// ReviewStateType review state type
+type ReviewStateType string
+
+const (
+	// ReviewStateApproved pr is approved
+	ReviewStateApproved ReviewStateType = "APPROVED"
+	// ReviewStatePending pr state is pending
+	ReviewStatePending ReviewStateType = "PENDING"
+	// ReviewStateComment is a comment review
+	ReviewStateComment ReviewStateType = "COMMENT"
+	// ReviewStateRequestChanges changes for pr are requested
+	ReviewStateRequestChanges ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_CHANGES"
+	// ReviewStateRequestReview review is requested from user
+	ReviewStateRequestReview ReviewStateType = "REQUEST_REVIEW"
+	// ReviewStateUnknown state of pr is unknown
+	ReviewStateUnknown ReviewStateType = ""
+)
+
+// PullReview represents a pull request review
+type PullReview struct {
+	ID           int64           `json:"id"`
+	Reviewer     *User           `json:"user"`
+	ReviewerTeam *Team           `json:"team"`
+	State        ReviewStateType `json:"state"`
+	Body         string          `json:"body"`
+	CommitID     string          `json:"commit_id"`
+	// Stale indicates if the pull has changed since the review
+	Stale bool `json:"stale"`
+	// Official indicates if the review counts towards the required approval limit, if PR base is a protected branch
+	Official          bool      `json:"official"`
+	Dismissed         bool      `json:"dismissed"`
+	CodeCommentsCount int       `json:"comments_count"`
+	Submitted         time.Time `json:"submitted_at"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewComment represents a comment on a pull request review
+type PullReviewComment struct {
+	ID       int64  `json:"id"`
+	Body     string `json:"body"`
+	Reviewer *User  `json:"user"`
+	ReviewID int64  `json:"pull_request_review_id"`
+	Resolver *User  `json:"resolver"`
+
+	Created time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+
+	Path         string `json:"path"`
+	CommitID     string `json:"commit_id"`
+	OrigCommitID string `json:"original_commit_id"`
+	DiffHunk     string `json:"diff_hunk"`
+	LineNum      uint64 `json:"position"`
+	OldLineNum   uint64 `json:"original_position"`
+
+	HTMLURL     string `json:"html_url"`
+	HTMLPullURL string `json:"pull_request_url"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewOptions are options to create a pull review
+type CreatePullReviewOptions struct {
+	State    ReviewStateType           `json:"event"`
+	Body     string                    `json:"body"`
+	CommitID string                    `json:"commit_id"`
+	Comments []CreatePullReviewComment `json:"comments"`
+}
+
+// CreatePullReviewComment represent a review comment for creation api
+type CreatePullReviewComment struct {
+	// the tree path
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Body string `json:"body"`
+	// if comment to old file line or 0
+	OldLineNum int64 `json:"old_position"`
+	// if comment to new file line or 0
+	NewLineNum int64 `json:"new_position"`
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReviewOptions are options to submit a pending pull review
+type SubmitPullReviewOptions struct {
+	State ReviewStateType `json:"event"`
+	Body  string          `json:"body"`
+}
+
+// DismissPullReviewOptions are options to dismiss a pull review
+type DismissPullReviewOptions struct {
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+}
+
+// PullReviewRequestOptions are options to add or remove pull review requests
+type PullReviewRequestOptions struct {
+	Reviewers     []string `json:"reviewers"`
+	TeamReviewers []string `json:"team_reviewers"`
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewsOptions options for listing PullReviews
+type ListPullReviewsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	for i := range opt.Comments {
+		if err := opt.Comments[i].Validate(); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the SubmitPullReviewOptions struct
+func (opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) Validate() error {
+	if opt.State != ReviewStateApproved && len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Validate the CreatePullReviewComment struct
+func (opt CreatePullReviewComment) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Body)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("body is empty")
+	}
+	if opt.NewLineNum != 0 && opt.OldLineNum != 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("old and new line num are set, cant identify the code comment position")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ListPullReviews lists all reviews of a pull request
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviews(owner, repo string, index int64, opt ListPullReviewsOptions) ([]*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	rs := make([]*PullReview, 0, opt.PageSize)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery().Encode()
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rs)
+	return rs, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPullReview gets a specific review of a pull request
+func (c *Client) GetPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListPullReviewComments lists all comments of a pull request review
+func (c *Client) ListPullReviewComments(owner, repo string, index, id int64) ([]*PullReviewComment, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	rcl := make([]*PullReviewComment, 0, 4)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/comments", owner, repo, index, id))
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &rcl)
+	return rcl, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePullReview delete a specific review from a pull request
+func (c *Client) DeletePullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CreatePullReview create a review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreatePullReview(owner, repo string, index int64, opt CreatePullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// SubmitPullReview submit a pending review to an pull request
+func (c *Client) SubmitPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt SubmitPullReviewOptions) (*PullReview, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	r := new(PullReview)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReviewRequests create review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) CreateReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReviewRequests delete review requests to an pull request
+func (c *Client) DeleteReviewRequests(owner, repo string, index int64, opt PullReviewRequestOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/requested_reviewers", owner, repo, index),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DismissPullReview dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) DismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64, opt DismissPullReviewOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/dismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// UnDismissPullReview cancel to dismiss a review for a pull request
+func (c *Client) UnDismissPullReview(owner, repo string, index, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/pulls/%d/reviews/%d/undismissals", owner, repo, index, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/release.go

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Release represents a repository release
+type Release struct {
+	ID           int64         `json:"id"`
+	TagName      string        `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string        `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string        `json:"name"`
+	Note         string        `json:"body"`
+	URL          string        `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL      string        `json:"html_url"`
+	TarURL       string        `json:"tarball_url"`
+	ZipURL       string        `json:"zipball_url"`
+	IsDraft      bool          `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool          `json:"prerelease"`
+	CreatedAt    time.Time     `json:"created_at"`
+	PublishedAt  time.Time     `json:"published_at"`
+	Publisher    *User         `json:"author"`
+	Attachments  []*Attachment `json:"assets"`
+}
+
+// ListReleasesOptions options for listing repository's releases
+type ListReleasesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	IsDraft      *bool
+	IsPreRelease *bool
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListReleasesOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+
+	if opt.IsDraft != nil {
+		query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsDraft))
+	}
+	if opt.IsPreRelease != nil {
+		query.Add("draft", fmt.Sprintf("%t", *opt.IsPreRelease))
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListReleases list releases of a repository
+func (c *Client) ListReleases(owner, repo string, opt ListReleasesOptions) ([]*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	releases := make([]*Release, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases?%s", owner, repo, opt.QueryEncode()),
+		nil, nil, &releases)
+	return releases, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRelease get a release of a repository by id
+func (c *Client) GetRelease(owner, repo string, id int64) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReleaseByTag get a release of a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) GetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+		return c.fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo, tag)
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", owner, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil, &r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateReleaseOption options when creating a release
+type CreateReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      bool   `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease bool   `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateReleaseOption struct
+func (opt CreateReleaseOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Title)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("title is empty")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRelease create a release
+func (c *Client) CreateRelease(owner, repo string, opt CreateReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases", owner, repo),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditReleaseOption options when editing a release
+type EditReleaseOption struct {
+	TagName      string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Target       string `json:"target_commitish"`
+	Title        string `json:"name"`
+	Note         string `json:"body"`
+	IsDraft      *bool  `json:"draft"`
+	IsPrerelease *bool  `json:"prerelease"`
+}
+
+// EditRelease edit a release
+func (c *Client) EditRelease(owner, repo string, id int64, form EditReleaseOption) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(form)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	r := new(Release)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", owner, repo, id),
+		jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), r)
+	return r, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRelease delete a release from a repository, keeping its tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteRelease(user, repo string, id int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/%d", user, repo, id),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteReleaseByTag deletes a release frm a repository by tag
+func (c *Client) DeleteReleaseByTag(user, repo string, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/releases/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// fallbackGetReleaseByTag is fallback for old gitea installations ( < 1.13.0 )
+func (c *Client) fallbackGetReleaseByTag(owner, repo string, tag string) (*Release, *Response, error) {
+	for i := 1; ; i++ {
+		rl, resp, err := c.ListReleases(owner, repo, ListReleasesOptions{ListOptions: ListOptions{Page: i}})
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, resp, err
+		}
+		if len(rl) == 0 {
+			return nil,
+				&Response{&http.Response{StatusCode: 404}},
+				fmt.Errorf("release with tag '%s' not found", tag)
+		}
+		for _, r := range rl {
+			if r.TagName == tag {
+				return r, resp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Permission represents a set of permissions
+type Permission struct {
+	Admin bool `json:"admin"`
+	Push  bool `json:"push"`
+	Pull  bool `json:"pull"`
+}
+
+// InternalTracker represents settings for internal tracker
+type InternalTracker struct {
+	// Enable time tracking (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableTimeTracker bool `json:"enable_time_tracker"`
+	// Let only contributors track time (Built-in issue tracker)
+	AllowOnlyContributorsToTrackTime bool `json:"allow_only_contributors_to_track_time"`
+	// Enable dependencies for issues and pull requests (Built-in issue tracker)
+	EnableIssueDependencies bool `json:"enable_issue_dependencies"`
+}
+
+// ExternalTracker represents settings for external tracker
+type ExternalTracker struct {
+	// URL of external issue tracker.
+	ExternalTrackerURL string `json:"external_tracker_url"`
+	// External Issue Tracker URL Format. Use the placeholders {user}, {repo} and {index} for the username, repository name and issue index.
+	ExternalTrackerFormat string `json:"external_tracker_format"`
+	// External Issue Tracker Number Format, either `numeric` or `alphanumeric`
+	ExternalTrackerStyle string `json:"external_tracker_style"`
+}
+
+// ExternalWiki represents setting for external wiki
+type ExternalWiki struct {
+	// URL of external wiki.
+	ExternalWikiURL string `json:"external_wiki_url"`
+}
+
+// Repository represents a repository
+type Repository struct {
+	ID                        int64            `json:"id"`
+	Owner                     *User            `json:"owner"`
+	Name                      string           `json:"name"`
+	FullName                  string           `json:"full_name"`
+	Description               string           `json:"description"`
+	Empty                     bool             `json:"empty"`
+	Private                   bool             `json:"private"`
+	Fork                      bool             `json:"fork"`
+	Template                  bool             `json:"template"`
+	Parent                    *Repository      `json:"parent"`
+	Mirror                    bool             `json:"mirror"`
+	Size                      int              `json:"size"`
+	HTMLURL                   string           `json:"html_url"`
+	SSHURL                    string           `json:"ssh_url"`
+	CloneURL                  string           `json:"clone_url"`
+	OriginalURL               string           `json:"original_url"`
+	Website                   string           `json:"website"`
+	Stars                     int              `json:"stars_count"`
+	Forks                     int              `json:"forks_count"`
+	Watchers                  int              `json:"watchers_count"`
+	OpenIssues                int              `json:"open_issues_count"`
+	OpenPulls                 int              `json:"open_pr_counter"`
+	Releases                  int              `json:"release_counter"`
+	DefaultBranch             string           `json:"default_branch"`
+	Archived                  bool             `json:"archived"`
+	Created                   time.Time        `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                   time.Time        `json:"updated_at"`
+	Permissions               *Permission      `json:"permissions,omitempty"`
+	HasIssues                 bool             `json:"has_issues"`
+	InternalTracker           *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	ExternalTracker           *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	HasWiki                   bool             `json:"has_wiki"`
+	ExternalWiki              *ExternalWiki    `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	HasPullRequests           bool             `json:"has_pull_requests"`
+	HasProjects               bool             `json:"has_projects"`
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts bool             `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts"`
+	AllowMerge                bool             `json:"allow_merge_commits"`
+	AllowRebase               bool             `json:"allow_rebase"`
+	AllowRebaseMerge          bool             `json:"allow_rebase_explicit"`
+	AllowSquash               bool             `json:"allow_squash_merge"`
+	AvatarURL                 string           `json:"avatar_url"`
+	Internal                  bool             `json:"internal"`
+	MirrorInterval            string           `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	DefaultMergeStyle         MergeStyle       `json:"default_merge_style"`
+}
+
+// RepoType represent repo type
+type RepoType string
+
+const (
+	// RepoTypeNone dont specify a type
+	RepoTypeNone RepoType = ""
+	// RepoTypeSource is the default repo type
+	RepoTypeSource RepoType = "source"
+	// RepoTypeFork is a repo witch was forked from an other one
+	RepoTypeFork RepoType = "fork"
+	// RepoTypeMirror represents an mirror repo
+	RepoTypeMirror RepoType = "mirror"
+)
+
+// TrustModel represent how git signatures are handled in a repository
+type TrustModel string
+
+const (
+	// TrustModelDefault use TM set by global config
+	TrustModelDefault TrustModel = "default"
+	// TrustModelCollaborator gpg signature has to be owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaborator TrustModel = "collaborator"
+	// TrustModelCommitter gpg signature has to match committer
+	TrustModelCommitter TrustModel = "committer"
+	// TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter gpg signature has to match committer and owned by a repo collaborator
+	TrustModelCollaboratorCommitter TrustModel = "collaboratorcommitter"
+)
+
+// ListReposOptions options for listing repositories
+type ListReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyRepos lists all repositories for the authenticated user that has access to.
+func (c *Client) ListMyRepos(opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/repos?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListUserRepos list all repositories of one user by user's name
+func (c *Client) ListUserRepos(user string, opt ListReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/repos?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListOrgReposOptions options for a organization's repositories
+type ListOrgReposOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListOrgRepos list all repositories of one organization by organization's name
+func (c *Client) ListOrgRepos(org string, opt ListOrgReposOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/orgs/%s/repos?%s", org, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchRepoOptions options for searching repositories
+type SearchRepoOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+
+	// The keyword to query
+	Keyword string
+	// Limit search to repositories with keyword as topic
+	KeywordIsTopic bool
+	// Include search of keyword within repository description
+	KeywordInDescription bool
+
+	/*
+		User Filter
+	*/
+
+	// Repo Owner
+	OwnerID int64
+	// Stared By UserID
+	StarredByUserID int64
+
+	/*
+		Repo Attributes
+	*/
+
+	// pubic, private or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsPrivate *bool
+	// archived, non-archived or all repositories (defaults to all)
+	IsArchived *bool
+	// Exclude template repos from search
+	ExcludeTemplate bool
+	// Filter by "fork", "source", "mirror"
+	Type RepoType
+
+	/*
+		Sort Filters
+	*/
+
+	// sort repos by attribute. Supported values are "alpha", "created", "updated", "size", and "id". Default is "alpha"
+	Sort string
+	// sort order, either "asc" (ascending) or "desc" (descending). Default is "asc", ignored if "sort" is not specified.
+	Order string
+	// Repo owner to prioritize in the results
+	PrioritizedByOwnerID int64
+
+	/*
+		Cover EdgeCases
+	*/
+	// if set all other options are ignored and this string is used as query
+	RawQuery string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchRepoOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.Keyword != "" {
+		query.Add("q", opt.Keyword)
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordIsTopic {
+		query.Add("topic", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.KeywordInDescription {
+		query.Add("includeDesc", "true")
+	}
+
+	// User Filter
+	if opt.OwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("uid", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.OwnerID))
+		query.Add("exclusive", "true")
+	}
+	if opt.StarredByUserID > 0 {
+		query.Add("starredBy", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.StarredByUserID))
+	}
+
+	// Repo Attributes
+	if opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+		query.Add("is_private", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsPrivate))
+	}
+	if opt.IsArchived != nil {
+		query.Add("archived", fmt.Sprintf("%v", opt.IsArchived))
+	}
+	if opt.ExcludeTemplate {
+		query.Add("template", "false")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Type) != 0 {
+		query.Add("mode", string(opt.Type))
+	}
+
+	// Sort Filters
+	if opt.Sort != "" {
+		query.Add("sort", opt.Sort)
+	}
+	if opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID > 0 {
+		query.Add("priority_owner_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PrioritizedByOwnerID))
+	}
+	if opt.Order != "" {
+		query.Add("order", opt.Order)
+	}
+
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+type searchRepoResponse struct {
+	Repos []*Repository `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchRepos searches for repositories matching the given filters
+func (c *Client) SearchRepos(opt SearchRepoOptions) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	repos := new(searchRepoResponse)
+
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/repos/search")
+
+	if len(opt.RawQuery) != 0 {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.RawQuery
+	} else {
+		link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+		// IsPrivate only works on gitea >= 1.12.0
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil && opt.IsPrivate != nil {
+			if *opt.IsPrivate {
+				// private repos only not supported on gitea <= 1.11.x
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			link.Query().Add("private", "false")
+		}
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos.Repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateRepoOption options when creating repository
+type CreateRepoOption struct {
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// Issue Label set to use
+	IssueLabels string `json:"issue_labels"`
+	// Whether the repository should be auto-intialized?
+	AutoInit bool `json:"auto_init"`
+	// Whether the repository is template
+	Template bool `json:"template"`
+	// Gitignores to use
+	Gitignores string `json:"gitignores"`
+	// License to use
+	License string `json:"license"`
+	// Readme of the repository to create
+	Readme string `json:"readme"`
+	// DefaultBranch of the repository (used when initializes and in template)
+	DefaultBranch string `json:"default_branch"`
+	// TrustModel of the repository
+	TrustModel TrustModel `json:"trust_model"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateRepoOption struct
+func (opt CreateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	if len(strings.TrimSpace(opt.Name)) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 255 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.DefaultBranch) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("name has more than 100 chars")
+	}
+	if len(opt.TrustModel) != 0 {
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepo creates a repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateRepo(opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/repos", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateOrgRepo creates an organization repository for authenticated user.
+func (c *Client) CreateOrgRepo(org string, opt CreateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&org); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/org/%s/repos", org), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepo returns information of a repository of given owner.
+func (c *Client) GetRepo(owner, reponame string) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoByID returns information of a repository by a giver repository ID.
+func (c *Client) GetRepoByID(id int64) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repositories/%d", id), nil, nil, repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditRepoOption options when editing a repository's properties
+type EditRepoOption struct {
+	// name of the repository
+	Name *string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+	// a short description of the repository.
+	Description *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	// a URL with more information about the repository.
+	Website *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make the repository private or `false` to make it public.
+	// Note: you will get a 422 error if the organization restricts changing repository visibility to organization
+	// owners and a non-owner tries to change the value of private.
+	Private *bool `json:"private,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to make this repository a template or `false` to make it a normal repository
+	Template *bool `json:"template,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable issues for this repository or `false` to disable them.
+	HasIssues *bool `json:"has_issues,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to configure internal issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	InternalTracker *InternalTracker `json:"internal_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external issue tracker (requires has_issues)
+	ExternalTracker *ExternalTracker `json:"external_tracker,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable the wiki for this repository or `false` to disable it.
+	HasWiki *bool `json:"has_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// set this structure to use external wiki instead of internal (requires has_wiki)
+	ExternalWiki *ExternalWiki `json:"external_wiki,omitempty"`
+	// sets the default branch for this repository.
+	DefaultBranch *string `json:"default_branch,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow pull requests, or `false` to prevent pull request.
+	HasPullRequests *bool `json:"has_pull_requests,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable project unit, or `false` to disable them.
+	HasProjects *bool `json:"has_projects,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to ignore whitespace for conflicts, or `false` to not ignore whitespace. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	IgnoreWhitespaceConflicts *bool `json:"ignore_whitespace_conflicts,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow merging pull requests with a merge commit, or `false` to prevent merging pull requests with merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowMerge *bool `json:"allow_merge_commits,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent rebase-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebase *bool `json:"allow_rebase,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow rebase with explicit merge commits (--no-ff), or `false` to prevent rebase with explicit merge commits. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowRebaseMerge *bool `json:"allow_rebase_explicit,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow squash-merging pull requests, or `false` to prevent squash-merging. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowSquash *bool `json:"allow_squash_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+	Archived *bool `json:"archived,omitempty"`
+	// set to a string like `8h30m0s` to set the mirror interval time
+	MirrorInterval *string `json:"mirror_interval,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to allow mark pr as merged manually, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	AllowManualMerge *bool `json:"allow_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// either `true` to enable AutodetectManualMerge, or `false` to prevent it. `has_pull_requests` must be `true`, Note: In some special cases, misjudgments can occur.
+	AutodetectManualMerge *bool `json:"autodetect_manual_merge,omitempty"`
+	// set to a merge style to be used by this repository: "merge", "rebase", "rebase-merge", or "squash". `has_pull_requests` must be `true`.
+	DefaultMergeStyle *MergeStyle `json:"default_merge_style,omitempty"`
+	// set to `true` to archive this repository.
+}
+
+// EditRepo edit the properties of a repository
+func (c *Client) EditRepo(owner, reponame string, opt EditRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepo deletes a repository of user or organization.
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// MirrorSync adds a mirrored repository to the mirror sync queue.
+func (c *Client) MirrorSync(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/mirror-sync", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoLanguages return language stats of a repo
+func (c *Client) GetRepoLanguages(owner, repo string) (map[string]int64, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	langMap := make(map[string]int64)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/languages", owner, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	if err = json.Unmarshal(data, &langMap); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return langMap, resp, nil
+}
+
+// ArchiveType represent supported archive formats by gitea
+type ArchiveType string
+
+const (
+	// ZipArchive represent zip format
+	ZipArchive ArchiveType = ".zip"
+	// TarGZArchive represent tar.gz format
+	TarGZArchive ArchiveType = ".tar.gz"
+)
+
+// GetArchive get an archive of a repository by git reference
+// e.g.: ref -> master, 70b7c74b33, v1.2.1, ...
+func (c *Client) GetArchive(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetArchiveReader gets a `git archive` for a particular tree-ish git reference
+// such as a branch name (`master`), a commit hash (`70b7c74b33`), a tag
+// (`v1.2.1`). The archive is returned as a byte stream in a ReadCloser. It is
+// the responsibility of the client to close the reader.
+func (c *Client) GetArchiveReader(owner, repo, ref string, ext ArchiveType) (io.ReadCloser, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	resp, err := c.doRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/archive/%s%s", owner, repo, ref, ext), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if _, err := statusCodeToErr(resp); err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return resp.Body, resp, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PayloadUser represents the author or committer of a commit
+type PayloadUser struct {
+	// Full name of the commit author
+	Name     string `json:"name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	UserName string `json:"username"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommit represents a commit
+type PayloadCommit struct {
+	// sha1 hash of the commit
+	ID           string                     `json:"id"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Author       *PayloadUser               `json:"author"`
+	Committer    *PayloadUser               `json:"committer"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+	Timestamp    time.Time                  `json:"timestamp"`
+	Added        []string                   `json:"added"`
+	Removed      []string                   `json:"removed"`
+	Modified     []string                   `json:"modified"`
+}
+
+// PayloadCommitVerification represents the GPG verification of a commit
+type PayloadCommitVerification struct {
+	Verified  bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Reason    string `json:"reason"`
+	Signature string `json:"signature"`
+	Payload   string `json:"payload"`
+}
+
+// Branch represents a repository branch
+type Branch struct {
+	Name                          string         `json:"name"`
+	Commit                        *PayloadCommit `json:"commit"`
+	Protected                     bool           `json:"protected"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64          `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool           `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string       `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	UserCanPush                   bool           `json:"user_can_push"`
+	UserCanMerge                  bool           `json:"user_can_merge"`
+	EffectiveBranchProtectionName string         `json:"effective_branch_protection_name"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranchesOptions options for listing a repository's branches
+type ListRepoBranchesOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoBranches list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoBranches(user, repo string, opt ListRepoBranchesOptions) ([]*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	branches := make([]*Branch, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &branches)
+	return branches, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetRepoBranch get one branch's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	b := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil, &b)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return b, resp, nil
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoBranch delete a branch in a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoBranch(user, repo, branch string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &branch); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches/%s", user, repo, branch), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	return status == 204, resp, nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranchOption options when creating a branch in a repository
+type CreateBranchOption struct {
+	// Name of the branch to create
+	BranchName string `json:"new_branch_name"`
+	// Name of the old branch to create from (optional)
+	OldBranchName string `json:"old_branch_name"`
+}
+
+// Validate the CreateBranchOption struct
+func (opt CreateBranchOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.BranchName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName is empty")
+	}
+	if len(opt.BranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("BranchName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.OldBranchName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("OldBranchName to long")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateBranch creates a branch for a user's repository
+func (c *Client) CreateBranch(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchOption) (*Branch, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	branch := new(Branch)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branches", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), branch)
+	return branch, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_branch_protection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// BranchProtection represents a branch protection for a repository
+type BranchProtection struct {
+	BranchName                    string    `json:"branch_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool      `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool      `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string  `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string  `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool      `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool      `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string  `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool      `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string  `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64     `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool      `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string  `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool      `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool      `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool      `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool      `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool      `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string    `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+	Created                       time.Time `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated                       time.Time `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtectionOption options for creating a branch protection
+type CreateBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	BranchName                    string   `json:"branch_name"`
+	EnablePush                    bool     `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           bool     `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       bool     `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          bool     `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             bool     `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             int64    `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      bool     `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        bool     `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests bool     `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         bool     `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         bool     `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          bool     `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         string   `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtectionOption options for editing a branch protection
+type EditBranchProtectionOption struct {
+	EnablePush                    *bool    `json:"enable_push"`
+	EnablePushWhitelist           *bool    `json:"enable_push_whitelist"`
+	PushWhitelistUsernames        []string `json:"push_whitelist_usernames"`
+	PushWhitelistTeams            []string `json:"push_whitelist_teams"`
+	PushWhitelistDeployKeys       *bool    `json:"push_whitelist_deploy_keys"`
+	EnableMergeWhitelist          *bool    `json:"enable_merge_whitelist"`
+	MergeWhitelistUsernames       []string `json:"merge_whitelist_usernames"`
+	MergeWhitelistTeams           []string `json:"merge_whitelist_teams"`
+	EnableStatusCheck             *bool    `json:"enable_status_check"`
+	StatusCheckContexts           []string `json:"status_check_contexts"`
+	RequiredApprovals             *int64   `json:"required_approvals"`
+	EnableApprovalsWhitelist      *bool    `json:"enable_approvals_whitelist"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistUsernames   []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_username"`
+	ApprovalsWhitelistTeams       []string `json:"approvals_whitelist_teams"`
+	BlockOnRejectedReviews        *bool    `json:"block_on_rejected_reviews"`
+	BlockOnOfficialReviewRequests *bool    `json:"block_on_official_review_requests"`
+	BlockOnOutdatedBranch         *bool    `json:"block_on_outdated_branch"`
+	DismissStaleApprovals         *bool    `json:"dismiss_stale_approvals"`
+	RequireSignedCommits          *bool    `json:"require_signed_commits"`
+	ProtectedFilePatterns         *string  `json:"protected_file_patterns"`
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtectionsOptions list branch protection options
+type ListBranchProtectionsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListBranchProtections list branch protections for a repo
+func (c *Client) ListBranchProtections(owner, repo string, opt ListBranchProtectionsOptions) ([]*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bps := make([]*BranchProtection, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo))
+	link.RawQuery = opt.getURLQuery().Encode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), jsonHeader, nil, &bps)
+	return bps, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetBranchProtection gets a branch protection
+func (c *Client) GetBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil, bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateBranchProtection creates a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) CreateBranchProtection(owner, repo string, opt CreateBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections", owner, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// EditBranchProtection edits a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) EditBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string, opt EditBranchProtectionOption) (*BranchProtection, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	bp := new(BranchProtection)
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), bp)
+	return bp, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteBranchProtection deletes a branch protection for a repo
+func (c *Client) DeleteBranchProtection(owner, repo, name string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &name); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/branch_protections/%s", owner, repo, name), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_collaborator.go

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2016 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListCollaboratorsOptions options for listing a repository's collaborators
+type ListCollaboratorsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListCollaborators list a repository's collaborators
+func (c *Client) ListCollaborators(user, repo string, opt ListCollaboratorsOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	collaborators := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()),
+		nil, nil, &collaborators)
+	return collaborators, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsCollaborator check if a user is a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) IsCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	if status == 204 {
+		return true, resp, nil
+	}
+	return false, resp, nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaboratorOption options when adding a user as a collaborator of a repository
+type AddCollaboratorOption struct {
+	Permission *AccessMode `json:"permission"`
+}
+
+// AccessMode represent the grade of access you have to something
+type AccessMode string
+
+const (
+	// AccessModeNone no access
+	AccessModeNone AccessMode = "none"
+	// AccessModeRead read access
+	AccessModeRead AccessMode = "read"
+	// AccessModeWrite write access
+	AccessModeWrite AccessMode = "write"
+	// AccessModeAdmin admin access
+	AccessModeAdmin AccessMode = "admin"
+	// AccessModeOwner owner
+	AccessModeOwner AccessMode = "owner"
+)
+
+// Validate the AddCollaboratorOption struct
+func (opt AddCollaboratorOption) Validate() error {
+	if opt.Permission != nil {
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeOwner {
+			*opt.Permission = AccessModeAdmin
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission == AccessModeNone {
+			opt.Permission = nil
+			return nil
+		}
+		if *opt.Permission != AccessModeRead && *opt.Permission != AccessModeWrite && *opt.Permission != AccessModeAdmin {
+			return fmt.Errorf("permission mode invalid")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// AddCollaborator add some user as a collaborator of a repository
+func (c *Client) AddCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string, opt AddCollaboratorOption) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteCollaborator remove a collaborator from a repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteCollaborator(user, repo, collaborator string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &collaborator); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/collaborators/%s", user, repo, collaborator), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// GetReviewers return all users that can be requested to review in this repo
+func (c *Client) GetReviewers(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	reviewers := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/reviewers", user, repo), nil, nil, &reviewers)
+	return reviewers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAssignees return all users that have write access and can be assigned to issues
+func (c *Client) GetAssignees(user, repo string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	assignees := make([]*User, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/assignees", user, repo), nil, nil, &assignees)
+	return assignees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_commit.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// Identity for a person's identity like an author or committer
+type Identity struct {
+	Name  string `json:"name"`
+	Email string `json:"email"`
+}
+
+// CommitMeta contains meta information of a commit in terms of API.
+type CommitMeta struct {
+	URL     string    `json:"url"`
+	SHA     string    `json:"sha"`
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+}
+
+// CommitUser contains information of a user in the context of a commit.
+type CommitUser struct {
+	Identity
+	Date string `json:"date"`
+}
+
+// RepoCommit contains information of a commit in the context of a repository.
+type RepoCommit struct {
+	URL       string      `json:"url"`
+	Author    *CommitUser `json:"author"`
+	Committer *CommitUser `json:"committer"`
+	Message   string      `json:"message"`
+	Tree      *CommitMeta `json:"tree"`
+}
+
+// Commit contains information generated from a Git commit.
+type Commit struct {
+	*CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL    string                 `json:"html_url"`
+	RepoCommit *RepoCommit            `json:"commit"`
+	Author     *User                  `json:"author"`
+	Committer  *User                  `json:"committer"`
+	Parents    []*CommitMeta          `json:"parents"`
+	Files      []*CommitAffectedFiles `json:"files"`
+}
+
+// CommitDateOptions store dates for GIT_AUTHOR_DATE and GIT_COMMITTER_DATE
+type CommitDateOptions struct {
+	Author    time.Time `json:"author"`
+	Committer time.Time `json:"committer"`
+}
+
+// CommitAffectedFiles store information about files affected by the commit
+type CommitAffectedFiles struct {
+	Filename string `json:"filename"`
+}
+
+// GetSingleCommit returns a single commit
+func (c *Client) GetSingleCommit(user, repo, commitID string) (*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &commitID); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	commit := new(Commit)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/commits/%s", user, repo, commitID), nil, nil, &commit)
+	return commit, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListCommitOptions list commit options
+type ListCommitOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	//SHA or branch to start listing commits from (usually 'master')
+	SHA string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListCommitOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.ListOptions.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.SHA != "" {
+		query.Add("sha", opt.SHA)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListRepoCommits return list of commits from a repo
+func (c *Client) ListRepoCommits(user, repo string, opt ListCommitOptions) ([]*Commit, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	commits := make([]*Commit, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &commits)
+	return commits, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_file.go

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// FileOptions options for all file APIs
+type FileOptions struct {
+	// message (optional) for the commit of this file. if not supplied, a default message will be used
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	// branch (optional) to base this file from. if not given, the default branch is used
+	BranchName string `json:"branch"`
+	// new_branch (optional) will make a new branch from `branch` before creating the file
+	NewBranchName string `json:"new_branch"`
+	// `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+	Author    Identity          `json:"author"`
+	Committer Identity          `json:"committer"`
+	Dates     CommitDateOptions `json:"dates"`
+	// Add a Signed-off-by trailer by the committer at the end of the commit log message.
+	Signoff bool `json:"signoff"`
+}
+
+// CreateFileOptions options for creating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type CreateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+}
+
+// DeleteFileOptions options for deleting files (used for other File structs below)
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type DeleteFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// UpdateFileOptions options for updating files
+// Note: `author` and `committer` are optional (if only one is given, it will be used for the other, otherwise the authenticated user will be used)
+type UpdateFileOptions struct {
+	FileOptions
+	// sha is the SHA for the file that already exists
+	// required: true
+	SHA string `json:"sha"`
+	// content must be base64 encoded
+	// required: true
+	Content string `json:"content"`
+	// from_path (optional) is the path of the original file which will be moved/renamed to the path in the URL
+	FromPath string `json:"from_path"`
+}
+
+// FileLinksResponse contains the links for a repo's file
+type FileLinksResponse struct {
+	Self    *string `json:"self"`
+	GitURL  *string `json:"git"`
+	HTMLURL *string `json:"html"`
+}
+
+// ContentsResponse contains information about a repo's entry's (dir, file, symlink, submodule) metadata and content
+type ContentsResponse struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	// `type` will be `file`, `dir`, `symlink`, or `submodule`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	// `encoding` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Encoding *string `json:"encoding"`
+	// `content` is populated when `type` is `file`, otherwise null
+	Content *string `json:"content"`
+	// `target` is populated when `type` is `symlink`, otherwise null
+	Target      *string `json:"target"`
+	URL         *string `json:"url"`
+	HTMLURL     *string `json:"html_url"`
+	GitURL      *string `json:"git_url"`
+	DownloadURL *string `json:"download_url"`
+	// `submodule_git_url` is populated when `type` is `submodule`, otherwise null
+	SubmoduleGitURL *string            `json:"submodule_git_url"`
+	Links           *FileLinksResponse `json:"_links"`
+}
+
+// FileCommitResponse contains information generated from a Git commit for a repo's file.
+type FileCommitResponse struct {
+	CommitMeta
+	HTMLURL   string        `json:"html_url"`
+	Author    *CommitUser   `json:"author"`
+	Committer *CommitUser   `json:"committer"`
+	Parents   []*CommitMeta `json:"parents"`
+	Message   string        `json:"message"`
+	Tree      *CommitMeta   `json:"tree"`
+}
+
+// FileResponse contains information about a repo's file
+type FileResponse struct {
+	Content      *ContentsResponse          `json:"content"`
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// FileDeleteResponse contains information about a repo's file that was deleted
+type FileDeleteResponse struct {
+	Content      interface{}                `json:"content"` // to be set to nil
+	Commit       *FileCommitResponse        `json:"commit"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// GetFile downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// e.g.: ref -> master, filepath -> README.md (no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetFile(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+	if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+		ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+		return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s/%s", owner, repo, ref, filepath), nil, nil)
+	}
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/raw/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), nil, nil)
+}
+
+// GetContents get the metadata and contents of a file in a repository
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) GetContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) (*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	cr := new(ContentsResponse)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &cr) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect file, got directory")
+	}
+	return cr, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListContents gets a list of entries in a dir
+// ref is optional
+func (c *Client) ListContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]*ContentsResponse, *Response, error) {
+	data, resp, err := c.getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	crl := make([]*ContentsResponse, 0)
+	if json.Unmarshal(data, &crl) != nil {
+		return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("expect directory, got file")
+	}
+	return crl, resp, err
+}
+
+func (c *Client) getDirOrFileContents(owner, repo, ref, filepath string) ([]byte, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(strings.TrimPrefix(filepath, "/"))
+	return c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s?ref=%s", owner, repo, filepath, url.QueryEscape(ref)), jsonHeader, nil)
+}
+
+// CreateFile create a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt CreateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateFile update a file in a repository
+func (c *Client) UpdateFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt UpdateFileOptions) (*FileResponse, *Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	fr := new(FileResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), fr)
+	return fr, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteFile delete a file from repository
+func (c *Client) DeleteFile(owner, repo, filepath string, opt DeleteFileOptions) (*Response, error) {
+	var err error
+	if opt.BranchName, err = c.setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, opt.BranchName); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	filepath = pathEscapeSegments(filepath)
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/contents/%s", owner, repo, filepath), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status != 200 && status != 204 {
+		return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+	return resp, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Client) setDefaultBranchForOldVersions(owner, repo, branch string) (string, error) {
+	if len(branch) == 0 {
+		// Gitea >= 1.12.0 Use DefaultBranch on "", mimic this for older versions
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0) != nil {
+			r, _, err := c.GetRepo(owner, repo)
+			if err != nil {
+				return "", err
+			}
+			return r.DefaultBranch, nil
+		}
+	}
+	return branch, nil
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DeployKey a deploy key
+type DeployKey struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	KeyID       int64       `json:"key_id"`
+	Key         string      `json:"key"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Title       string      `json:"title"`
+	Fingerprint string      `json:"fingerprint"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	ReadOnly    bool        `json:"read_only"`
+	Repository  *Repository `json:"repository,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeysOptions options for listing a repository's deploy keys
+type ListDeployKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyID       int64
+	Fingerprint string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *ListDeployKeysOptions) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := opt.getURLQuery()
+	if opt.KeyID > 0 {
+		query.Add("key_id", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.KeyID))
+	}
+	if len(opt.Fingerprint) > 0 {
+		query.Add("fingerprint", opt.Fingerprint)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+// ListDeployKeys list all the deploy keys of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListDeployKeys(user, repo string, opt ListDeployKeysOptions) ([]*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	link, _ := url.Parse(fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo))
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	link.RawQuery = opt.QueryEncode()
+	keys := make([]*DeployKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetDeployKey get one deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) GetDeployKey(user, repo string, keyID int64) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", user, repo, keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateDeployKey options when create one deploy key
+func (c *Client) CreateDeployKey(user, repo string, opt CreateKeyOption) (*DeployKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(DeployKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteDeployKey delete deploy key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteDeployKey(owner, repo string, keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/keys/%d", owner, repo, keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_migrate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitServiceType represents a git service
+type GitServiceType string
+
+const (
+	// GitServicePlain represents a plain git service
+	GitServicePlain GitServiceType = "git"
+	//GitServiceGithub represents github.com
+	GitServiceGithub GitServiceType = "github"
+	// GitServiceGitlab represents a gitlab service
+	GitServiceGitlab GitServiceType = "gitlab"
+	// GitServiceGitea represents a gitea service
+	GitServiceGitea GitServiceType = "gitea"
+	// GitServiceGogs represents a gogs service
+	GitServiceGogs GitServiceType = "gogs"
+)
+
+// MigrateRepoOption options for migrating a repository from an external service
+type MigrateRepoOption struct {
+	RepoName  string `json:"repo_name"`
+	RepoOwner string `json:"repo_owner"`
+	// deprecated use RepoOwner
+	RepoOwnerID    int64          `json:"uid"`
+	CloneAddr      string         `json:"clone_addr"`
+	Service        GitServiceType `json:"service"`
+	AuthUsername   string         `json:"auth_username"`
+	AuthPassword   string         `json:"auth_password"`
+	AuthToken      string         `json:"auth_token"`
+	Mirror         bool           `json:"mirror"`
+	Private        bool           `json:"private"`
+	Description    string         `json:"description"`
+	Wiki           bool           `json:"wiki"`
+	Milestones     bool           `json:"milestones"`
+	Labels         bool           `json:"labels"`
+	Issues         bool           `json:"issues"`
+	PullRequests   bool           `json:"pull_requests"`
+	Releases       bool           `json:"releases"`
+	MirrorInterval string         `json:"mirror_interval"`
+	LFS            bool           `json:"lfs"`
+	LFSEndpoint    string         `json:"lfs_endpoint"`
+}
+
+// Validate the MigrateRepoOption struct
+func (opt *MigrateRepoOption) Validate(c *Client) error {
+	// check user options
+	if len(opt.CloneAddr) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("CloneAddr required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.RepoName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName required")
+	} else if len(opt.RepoName) > 100 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("RepoName to long")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Description) > 255 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("Description to long")
+	}
+	switch opt.Service {
+	case GitServiceGithub:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("github requires token authentication")
+		}
+	case GitServiceGitlab, GitServiceGitea:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s requires token authentication", opt.Service)
+		}
+		// Gitlab is supported since 1.12.0 but api cant handle it until 1.13.0
+		// https://github.com/go-gitea/gitea/pull/12672
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service %s need gitea >= 1.13.0", opt.Service)
+		}
+	case GitServiceGogs:
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) == 0 {
+			return fmt.Errorf("gogs requires token authentication")
+		}
+		if c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0) != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("migrate from service gogs need gitea >= 1.14.0")
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// MigrateRepo migrates a repository from other Git hosting sources for the authenticated user.
+//
+// To migrate a repository for a organization, the authenticated user must be a
+// owner of the specified organization.
+func (c *Client) MigrateRepo(opt MigrateRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := opt.Validate(c); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		if len(opt.AuthToken) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand AuthToken
+			opt.AuthUsername = opt.AuthToken
+			opt.AuthPassword, opt.AuthToken = "", ""
+		}
+		if len(opt.RepoOwner) != 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 dont understand RepoOwner
+			u, _, err := c.GetUserInfo(opt.RepoOwner)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		} else if opt.RepoOwnerID == 0 {
+			// gitea <= 1.12 require RepoOwnerID
+			u, _, err := c.GetMyUserInfo()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, nil, err
+			}
+			opt.RepoOwnerID = u.ID
+		}
+	}
+
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/repos/migrate", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_refs.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Reference represents a Git reference.
+type Reference struct {
+	Ref    string     `json:"ref"`
+	URL    string     `json:"url"`
+	Object *GitObject `json:"object"`
+}
+
+// GitObject represents a Git object.
+type GitObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetRepoRef get one ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRef(user, repo, ref string) (*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+	r := new(Reference)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil, &r)
+	if _, ok := err.(*json.UnmarshalTypeError); ok {
+		// Multiple refs
+		return nil, resp, errors.New("no exact match found for this ref")
+	} else if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	return r, resp, nil
+}
+
+// GetRepoRefs get list of ref's information of one repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoRefs(user, repo, ref string) ([]*Reference, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	ref = strings.TrimPrefix(ref, "refs/")
+	ref = pathEscapeSegments(ref)
+
+	data, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/refs/%s", user, repo, ref), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal single returned ref.
+	r := new(Reference)
+	refErr := json.Unmarshal(data, r)
+	if refErr == nil {
+		return []*Reference{r}, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	// Attempt to unmarshal multiple refs.
+	var rs []*Reference
+	refsErr := json.Unmarshal(data, &rs)
+	if refsErr == nil {
+		if len(rs) == 0 {
+			return nil, resp, errors.New("unexpected response: an array of refs with length 0")
+		}
+		return rs, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("unmarshalling failed for both single and multiple refs: %s and %s", refErr, refsErr)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_stars.go

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// ListStargazersOptions options for listing a repository's stargazers
+type ListStargazersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoStargazers list a repository's stargazers
+func (c *Client) ListRepoStargazers(user, repo string, opt ListStargazersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	stargazers := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/stargazers?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &stargazers)
+	return stargazers, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetStarredRepos returns the repos that the given user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetStarredRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/starred", user), jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyStarredRepos returns the repos that the authenticated user has starred
+func (c *Client) GetMyStarredRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/starred", jsonHeader, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsRepoStarring returns whether the authenticated user has starred the repo or not
+func (c *Client) IsRepoStarring(user, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNotFound:
+			return false, resp, nil
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return true, resp, nil
+		default:
+			return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return false, nil, err
+}
+
+// StarRepo star specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) StarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}
+
+// UnStarRepo remove star to specified repo as the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) UnStarRepo(user, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/starred/%s/%s", user, repo), jsonHeader, nil)
+	if resp != nil {
+		switch resp.StatusCode {
+		case http.StatusNoContent:
+			return resp, nil
+		default:
+			return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected status code '%d'", resp.StatusCode)
+		}
+	}
+	return nil, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tag.go

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Tag represents a repository tag
+type Tag struct {
+	Name       string      `json:"name"`
+	Message    string      `json:"message"`
+	ID         string      `json:"id"`
+	Commit     *CommitMeta `json:"commit"`
+	ZipballURL string      `json:"zipball_url"`
+	TarballURL string      `json:"tarball_url"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTag represents an annotated tag
+type AnnotatedTag struct {
+	Tag          string                     `json:"tag"`
+	SHA          string                     `json:"sha"`
+	URL          string                     `json:"url"`
+	Message      string                     `json:"message"`
+	Tagger       *CommitUser                `json:"tagger"`
+	Object       *AnnotatedTagObject        `json:"object"`
+	Verification *PayloadCommitVerification `json:"verification"`
+}
+
+// AnnotatedTagObject contains meta information of the tag object
+type AnnotatedTagObject struct {
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTagsOptions options for listing a repository's tags
+type ListRepoTagsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListRepoTags list all the branches of one repository
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTags(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTagsOptions) ([]*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	tags := make([]*Tag, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &tags)
+	return tags, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetTag get the tag of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetAnnotatedTag get the tag object of an annotated tag (not lightweight tags) of a repository
+func (c *Client) GetAnnotatedTag(user, repo, sha string) (*AnnotatedTag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &sha); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AnnotatedTag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/tags/%s", user, repo, sha), nil, nil, &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateTagOption options when creating a tag
+type CreateTagOption struct {
+	TagName string `json:"tag_name"`
+	Message string `json:"message"`
+	Target  string `json:"target"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateTagOption
+func (opt CreateTagOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.TagName) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("TagName is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateTag create a new git tag in a repository
+func (c *Client) CreateTag(user, repo string, opt CreateTagOption) (*Tag, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Tag)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteTag deletes a tag from a repository, if no release refers to it
+func (c *Client) DeleteTag(user, repo, tag string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &tag); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_14_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE",
+		fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/tags/%s", user, repo, tag),
+		nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_team.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// GetRepoTeams return teams from a repository
+func (c *Client) GetRepoTeams(user, repo string) ([]*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	teams := make([]*Team, 0, 5)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams", user, repo), nil, nil, &teams)
+	return teams, resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTeam add a team to a repository
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// RemoveRepoTeam delete a team from a repository
+func (c *Client) RemoveRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoTeam check if team is assigned to repo by name and return it.
+// If not assigned, it will return nil.
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoTeam(user, repo, team string) (*Team, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &team); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(Team)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/teams/%s", user, repo, team), nil, nil, &t)
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == http.StatusNotFound {
+		// if not found it's not an error, it indicates it's not assigned
+		return nil, resp, nil
+	}
+	return t, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_template.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplateOption options when creating repository using a template
+type CreateRepoFromTemplateOption struct {
+	// Owner is the organization or person who will own the new repository
+	Owner string `json:"owner"`
+	// Name of the repository to create
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+	// Description of the repository to create
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// Private is whether the repository is private
+	Private bool `json:"private"`
+	// GitContent include git content of default branch in template repo
+	GitContent bool `json:"git_content"`
+	// Topics include topics of template repo
+	Topics bool `json:"topics"`
+	// GitHooks include git hooks of template repo
+	GitHooks bool `json:"git_hooks"`
+	// Webhooks include webhooks of template repo
+	Webhooks bool `json:"webhooks"`
+	// Avatar include avatar of the template repo
+	Avatar bool `json:"avatar"`
+	// Labels include labels of template repo
+	Labels bool `json:"labels"`
+}
+
+// Validate validates CreateRepoFromTemplateOption
+func (opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) Validate() error {
+	if len(opt.Owner) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Owner is required")
+	}
+	if len(opt.Name) == 0 {
+		return fmt.Errorf("field Name is required")
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// CreateRepoFromTemplate create a repository using a template
+func (c *Client) CreateRepoFromTemplate(templateOwner, templateRepo string, opt CreateRepoFromTemplateOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&templateOwner, &templateRepo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	if err := opt.Validate(); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/generate", templateOwner, templateRepo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_topics.go

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// ListRepoTopicsOptions options for listing repo's topics
+type ListRepoTopicsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// topicsList represents a list of repo's topics
+type topicsList struct {
+	Topics []string `json:"topics"`
+}
+
+// ListRepoTopics list all repository's topics
+func (c *Client) ListRepoTopics(user, repo string, opt ListRepoTopicsOptions) ([]string, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+
+	list := new(topicsList)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics?%s", user, repo, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, list)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+	return list.Topics, resp, nil
+}
+
+// SetRepoTopics replaces the list of repo's topics
+func (c *Client) SetRepoTopics(user, repo string, list []string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	l := topicsList{Topics: list}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&l)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics", user, repo), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// AddRepoTopic adds a topic to a repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) AddRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteRepoTopic deletes a topic from repo's topics list
+func (c *Client) DeleteRepoTopic(user, repo, topic string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &topic); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/topics/%s", user, repo, topic), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_transfer.go

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// TransferRepoOption options when transfer a repository's ownership
+type TransferRepoOption struct {
+	// required: true
+	NewOwner string `json:"new_owner"`
+	// ID of the team or teams to add to the repository. Teams can only be added to organization-owned repositories.
+	TeamIDs *[]int64 `json:"team_ids"`
+}
+
+// TransferRepo transfers the ownership of a repository
+func (c *Client) TransferRepo(owner, reponame string, opt TransferRepoOption) (*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &reponame); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_12_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repo := new(Repository)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/transfer", owner, reponame), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), repo)
+	return repo, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_tree.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+// Copyright 2018 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// GitEntry represents a git tree
+type GitEntry struct {
+	Path string `json:"path"`
+	Mode string `json:"mode"`
+	Type string `json:"type"`
+	Size int64  `json:"size"`
+	SHA  string `json:"sha"`
+	URL  string `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GitTreeResponse returns a git tree
+type GitTreeResponse struct {
+	SHA        string     `json:"sha"`
+	URL        string     `json:"url"`
+	Entries    []GitEntry `json:"tree"`
+	Truncated  bool       `json:"truncated"`
+	Page       int        `json:"page"`
+	TotalCount int        `json:"total_count"`
+}
+
+// GetTrees downloads a file of repository, ref can be branch/tag/commit.
+// e.g.: ref -> master, tree -> macaron.go(no leading slash)
+func (c *Client) GetTrees(user, repo, ref string, recursive bool) (*GitTreeResponse, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	trees := new(GitTreeResponse)
+	var path = fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/git/trees/%s", user, repo, ref)
+	if recursive {
+		path += "?recursive=1"
+	}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", path, nil, nil, trees)
+	return trees, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/repo_watch.go

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// WatchInfo represents an API watch status of one repository
+type WatchInfo struct {
+	Subscribed    bool        `json:"subscribed"`
+	Ignored       bool        `json:"ignored"`
+	Reason        interface{} `json:"reason"`
+	CreatedAt     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	URL           string      `json:"url"`
+	RepositoryURL string      `json:"repository_url"`
+}
+
+// GetWatchedRepos list all the watched repos of user
+func (c *Client) GetWatchedRepos(user string) ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/subscriptions", user), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyWatchedRepos list repositories watched by the authenticated user
+func (c *Client) GetMyWatchedRepos() ([]*Repository, *Response, error) {
+	repos := make([]*Repository, 0, 10)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/subscriptions"), nil, nil, &repos)
+	return repos, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckRepoWatch check if the current user is watching a repo
+func (c *Client) CheckRepoWatch(owner, repo string) (bool, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return false, nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, resp, err
+	}
+	switch status {
+	case http.StatusNotFound:
+		return false, resp, nil
+	case http.StatusOK:
+		return true, resp, nil
+	default:
+		return false, resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+	}
+}
+
+// WatchRepo start to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) WatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusOK {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}
+
+// UnWatchRepo stop to watch a repository
+func (c *Client) UnWatchRepo(owner, repo string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	status, resp, err := c.getStatusCode("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/subscription", owner, repo), nil, nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return resp, err
+	}
+	if status == http.StatusNoContent {
+		return resp, nil
+	}
+	return resp, fmt.Errorf("unexpected Status: %d", status)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+// GlobalUISettings represent the global ui settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalUISettings struct {
+	DefaultTheme     string   `json:"default_theme"`
+	AllowedReactions []string `json:"allowed_reactions"`
+	CustomEmojis     []string `json:"custom_emojis"`
+}
+
+// GlobalRepoSettings represent the global repository settings of a gitea instance witch is exposed by API
+type GlobalRepoSettings struct {
+	MirrorsDisabled      bool `json:"mirrors_disabled"`
+	HTTPGitDisabled      bool `json:"http_git_disabled"`
+	MigrationsDisabled   bool `json:"migrations_disabled"`
+	StarsDisabled        bool `json:"stars_disabled"`
+	TimeTrackingDisabled bool `json:"time_tracking_disabled"`
+	LFSDisabled          bool `json:"lfs_disabled"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAPISettings contains global api settings exposed by it
+type GlobalAPISettings struct {
+	MaxResponseItems       int   `json:"max_response_items"`
+	DefaultPagingNum       int   `json:"default_paging_num"`
+	DefaultGitTreesPerPage int   `json:"default_git_trees_per_page"`
+	DefaultMaxBlobSize     int64 `json:"default_max_blob_size"`
+}
+
+// GlobalAttachmentSettings contains global Attachment settings exposed by API
+type GlobalAttachmentSettings struct {
+	Enabled      bool   `json:"enabled"`
+	AllowedTypes string `json:"allowed_types"`
+	MaxSize      int64  `json:"max_size"`
+	MaxFiles     int    `json:"max_files"`
+}
+
+// GetGlobalUISettings get global ui settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalUISettings() (*GlobalUISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalUISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/ui", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalRepoSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalRepoSettings() (*GlobalRepoSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalRepoSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/repository", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAPISettings get global api settings witch are exposed by it
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAPISettings() (*GlobalAPISettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAPISettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/api", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGlobalAttachmentSettings get global repository settings witch are exposed by API
+func (c *Client) GetGlobalAttachmentSettings() (*GlobalAttachmentSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	conf := new(GlobalAttachmentSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/settings/attachment", jsonHeader, nil, &conf)
+	return conf, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/status.go

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// StatusState holds the state of a Status
+// It can be "pending", "success", "error", "failure", and "warning"
+type StatusState string
+
+const (
+	// StatusPending is for when the Status is Pending
+	StatusPending StatusState = "pending"
+	// StatusSuccess is for when the Status is Success
+	StatusSuccess StatusState = "success"
+	// StatusError is for when the Status is Error
+	StatusError StatusState = "error"
+	// StatusFailure is for when the Status is Failure
+	StatusFailure StatusState = "failure"
+	// StatusWarning is for when the Status is Warning
+	StatusWarning StatusState = "warning"
+)
+
+// Status holds a single Status of a single Commit
+type Status struct {
+	ID          int64       `json:"id"`
+	State       StatusState `json:"status"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	URL         string      `json:"url"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+	Creator     *User       `json:"creator"`
+	Created     time.Time   `json:"created_at"`
+	Updated     time.Time   `json:"updated_at"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatusOption holds the information needed to create a new Status for a Commit
+type CreateStatusOption struct {
+	State       StatusState `json:"state"`
+	TargetURL   string      `json:"target_url"`
+	Description string      `json:"description"`
+	Context     string      `json:"context"`
+}
+
+// CreateStatus creates a new Status for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) CreateStatus(owner, repo, sha string, opts CreateStatusOption) (*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opts)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(Status)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/statuses/%s", owner, repo, url.QueryEscape(sha)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), status)
+	return status, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListStatusesOption options for listing a repository's commit's statuses
+type ListStatusesOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListStatuses returns all statuses for a given Commit by ref
+func (c *Client) ListStatuses(owner, repo, ref string, opt ListStatusesOption) ([]*Status, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	statuses := make([]*Status, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/statuses?%s", owner, repo, ref, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &statuses)
+	return statuses, resp, err
+}
+
+// CombinedStatus holds the combined state of several statuses for a single commit
+type CombinedStatus struct {
+	State      StatusState `json:"state"`
+	SHA        string      `json:"sha"`
+	TotalCount int         `json:"total_count"`
+	Statuses   []*Status   `json:"statuses"`
+	Repository *Repository `json:"repository"`
+	CommitURL  string      `json:"commit_url"`
+	URL        string      `json:"url"`
+}
+
+// GetCombinedStatus returns the CombinedStatus for a given Commit
+func (c *Client) GetCombinedStatus(owner, repo, ref string) (*CombinedStatus, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&owner, &repo, &ref); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	status := new(CombinedStatus)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/repos/%s/%s/commits/%s/status", owner, repo, ref), jsonHeader, nil, status)
+
+	// gitea api return empty body if nothing here jet
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 200 && err != nil {
+		return status, resp, nil
+	}
+
+	return status, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user.go

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"strconv"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// User represents a user
+type User struct {
+	// the user's id
+	ID int64 `json:"id"`
+	// the user's username
+	UserName string `json:"login"`
+	// the user's full name
+	FullName string `json:"full_name"`
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	// URL to the user's avatar
+	AvatarURL string `json:"avatar_url"`
+	// User locale
+	Language string `json:"language"`
+	// Is the user an administrator
+	IsAdmin bool `json:"is_admin"`
+	// Date and Time of last login
+	LastLogin time.Time `json:"last_login"`
+	// Date and Time of user creation
+	Created time.Time `json:"created"`
+	// Is user restricted
+	Restricted bool `json:"restricted"`
+	// Is user active
+	IsActive bool `json:"active"`
+	// Is user login prohibited
+	ProhibitLogin bool `json:"prohibit_login"`
+	// the user's location
+	Location string `json:"location"`
+	// the user's website
+	Website string `json:"website"`
+	// the user's description
+	Description string `json:"description"`
+	// User visibility level option
+	Visibility VisibleType `json:"visibility"`
+
+	// user counts
+	FollowerCount    int `json:"followers_count"`
+	FollowingCount   int `json:"following_count"`
+	StarredRepoCount int `json:"starred_repos_count"`
+}
+
+// GetUserInfo get user info by user's name
+func (c *Client) GetUserInfo(user string) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s", user), nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetMyUserInfo get user info of current user
+func (c *Client) GetMyUserInfo() (*User, *Response, error) {
+	u := new(User)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user", nil, nil, u)
+	return u, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetUserByID returns user by a given user ID
+func (c *Client) GetUserByID(id int64) (*User, *Response, error) {
+	if id < 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid user id %d", id)
+	}
+
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	query.Add("uid", strconv.FormatInt(id, 10))
+	users, resp, err := c.searchUsers(query.Encode())
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, resp, err
+	}
+
+	if len(users) == 1 {
+		return users[0], resp, err
+	}
+
+	return nil, resp, fmt.Errorf("user not found with id %d", id)
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_app.go

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+// Copyright 2014 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Copyright 2019 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+	"reflect"
+)
+
+// AccessToken represents an API access token.
+type AccessToken struct {
+	ID             int64  `json:"id"`
+	Name           string `json:"name"`
+	Token          string `json:"sha1"`
+	TokenLastEight string `json:"token_last_eight"`
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokensOptions options for listing a users's access tokens
+type ListAccessTokensOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListAccessTokens lists all the access tokens of user
+func (c *Client) ListAccessTokens(opts ListAccessTokensOptions) ([]*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	opts.setDefaults()
+	tokens := make([]*AccessToken, 0, opts.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens?%s", url.PathEscape(username), opts.getURLQuery().Encode()), jsonHeader, nil, &tokens)
+	return tokens, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateAccessTokenOption options when create access token
+type CreateAccessTokenOption struct {
+	Name string `json:"name"`
+}
+
+// CreateAccessToken create one access token with options
+func (c *Client) CreateAccessToken(opt CreateAccessTokenOption) (*AccessToken, *Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	t := new(AccessToken)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens", url.PathEscape(username)), jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), t)
+	return t, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteAccessToken delete token, identified by ID and if not available by name
+func (c *Client) DeleteAccessToken(value interface{}) (*Response, error) {
+	c.mutex.RLock()
+	username := c.username
+	c.mutex.RUnlock()
+	if len(username) == 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("\"username\" not set: only BasicAuth allowed")
+	}
+
+	var token = ""
+
+	switch reflect.ValueOf(value).Kind() {
+	case reflect.Int64:
+		token = fmt.Sprintf("%d", value.(int64))
+	case reflect.String:
+		if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_13_0); err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		token = value.(string)
+	default:
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("only string and int64 supported")
+	}
+
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/tokens/%s", url.PathEscape(username), url.PathEscape(token)), jsonHeader, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_email.go

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Email an email address belonging to a user
+type Email struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+	Primary  bool   `json:"primary"`
+}
+
+// ListEmailsOptions options for listing current's user emails
+type ListEmailsOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListEmails all the email addresses of user
+func (c *Client) ListEmails(opt ListEmailsOptions) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/emails?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateEmailOption options when creating email addresses
+type CreateEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to add
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// AddEmail add one email to current user with options
+func (c *Client) AddEmail(opt CreateEmailOption) ([]*Email, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	emails := make([]*Email, 0, 3)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), &emails)
+	return emails, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteEmailOption options when deleting email addresses
+type DeleteEmailOption struct {
+	// email addresses to delete
+	Emails []string `json:"emails"`
+}
+
+// DeleteEmail delete one email of current users'
+func (c *Client) DeleteEmail(opt DeleteEmailOption) (*Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", "/user/emails", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body))
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_follow.go

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// ListFollowersOptions options for listing followers
+type ListFollowersOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowers list all the followers of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowers(opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/followers?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowers list all the followers of one user
+func (c *Client) ListFollowers(user string, opt ListFollowersOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/followers?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowingOptions options for listing a user's users being followed
+type ListFollowingOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListMyFollowing list all the users current user followed
+func (c *Client) ListMyFollowing(opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListFollowing list all the users the user followed
+func (c *Client) ListFollowing(user string, opt ListFollowingOptions) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	users := make([]*User, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &users)
+	return users, resp, err
+}
+
+// IsFollowing if current user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsFollowing(target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// IsUserFollowing if the user followed the target
+func (c *Client) IsUserFollowing(user, target string) (bool, *Response) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user, &target); err != nil {
+		// ToDo return err
+		return false, nil
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/following/%s", user, target), nil, nil)
+	return err == nil, resp
+}
+
+// Follow set current user follow the target
+func (c *Client) Follow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}
+
+// Unfollow set current user unfollow the target
+func (c *Client) Unfollow(target string) (*Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&target); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/following/%s", target), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_gpgkey.go

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+// Copyright 2017 Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// GPGKey a user GPG key to sign commit and tag in repository
+type GPGKey struct {
+	ID                int64          `json:"id"`
+	PrimaryKeyID      string         `json:"primary_key_id"`
+	KeyID             string         `json:"key_id"`
+	PublicKey         string         `json:"public_key"`
+	Emails            []*GPGKeyEmail `json:"emails"`
+	SubsKey           []*GPGKey      `json:"subkeys"`
+	CanSign           bool           `json:"can_sign"`
+	CanEncryptComms   bool           `json:"can_encrypt_comms"`
+	CanEncryptStorage bool           `json:"can_encrypt_storage"`
+	CanCertify        bool           `json:"can_certify"`
+	Created           time.Time      `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Expires           time.Time      `json:"expires_at,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GPGKeyEmail an email attached to a GPGKey
+type GPGKeyEmail struct {
+	Email    string `json:"email"`
+	Verified bool   `json:"verified"`
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeysOptions options for listing a user's GPGKeys
+type ListGPGKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListGPGKeys(user string, opt ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/gpg_keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyGPGKeys list all the GPG keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyGPGKeys(opt *ListGPGKeysOptions) ([]*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*GPGKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetGPGKey get current user's GPG key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetGPGKey(keyID int64) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKeyOption options create user GPG key
+type CreateGPGKeyOption struct {
+	// An armored GPG key to add
+	//
+	ArmoredKey string `json:"armored_public_key"`
+}
+
+// CreateGPGKey create GPG key with options
+func (c *Client) CreateGPGKey(opt CreateGPGKeyOption) (*GPGKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(GPGKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/gpg_keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeleteGPGKey delete GPG key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeleteGPGKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/gpg_keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_key.go

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+// Copyright 2015 The Gogs Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// PublicKey publickey is a user key to push code to repository
+type PublicKey struct {
+	ID          int64     `json:"id"`
+	Key         string    `json:"key"`
+	URL         string    `json:"url,omitempty"`
+	Title       string    `json:"title,omitempty"`
+	Fingerprint string    `json:"fingerprint,omitempty"`
+	Created     time.Time `json:"created_at,omitempty"`
+	Owner       *User     `json:"user,omitempty"`
+	ReadOnly    bool      `json:"read_only,omitempty"`
+	KeyType     string    `json:"key_type,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeysOptions options for listing a user's PublicKeys
+type ListPublicKeysOptions struct {
+	ListOptions
+}
+
+// ListPublicKeys list all the public keys of the user
+func (c *Client) ListPublicKeys(user string, opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	if err := escapeValidatePathSegments(&user); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/users/%s/keys?%s", user, opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// ListMyPublicKeys list all the public keys of current user
+func (c *Client) ListMyPublicKeys(opt ListPublicKeysOptions) ([]*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	opt.setDefaults()
+	keys := make([]*PublicKey, 0, opt.PageSize)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys?%s", opt.getURLQuery().Encode()), nil, nil, &keys)
+	return keys, resp, err
+}
+
+// GetPublicKey get current user's public key by key id
+func (c *Client) GetPublicKey(keyID int64) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil, &key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// CreateKeyOption options when creating a key
+type CreateKeyOption struct {
+	// Title of the key to add
+	Title string `json:"title"`
+	// An armored SSH key to add
+	Key string `json:"key"`
+	// Describe if the key has only read access or read/write
+	ReadOnly bool `json:"read_only"`
+}
+
+// CreatePublicKey create public key with options
+func (c *Client) CreatePublicKey(opt CreateKeyOption) (*PublicKey, *Response, error) {
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	key := new(PublicKey)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("POST", "/user/keys", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), key)
+	return key, resp, err
+}
+
+// DeletePublicKey delete public key with key id
+func (c *Client) DeletePublicKey(keyID int64) (*Response, error) {
+	_, resp, err := c.getResponse("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/user/keys/%d", keyID), nil, nil)
+	return resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_search.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+type searchUsersResponse struct {
+	Users []*User `json:"data"`
+}
+
+// SearchUsersOption options for SearchUsers
+type SearchUsersOption struct {
+	ListOptions
+	KeyWord string
+}
+
+// QueryEncode turns options into querystring argument
+func (opt *SearchUsersOption) QueryEncode() string {
+	query := make(url.Values)
+	if opt.Page > 0 {
+		query.Add("page", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.Page))
+	}
+	if opt.PageSize > 0 {
+		query.Add("limit", fmt.Sprintf("%d", opt.PageSize))
+	}
+	if len(opt.KeyWord) > 0 {
+		query.Add("q", opt.KeyWord)
+	}
+	return query.Encode()
+}
+
+func (c *Client) searchUsers(rawQuery string) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	link, _ := url.Parse("/users/search")
+	link.RawQuery = rawQuery
+	userResp := new(searchUsersResponse)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", link.String(), nil, nil, &userResp)
+	return userResp.Users, resp, err
+}
+
+// SearchUsers finds users by query
+func (c *Client) SearchUsers(opt SearchUsersOption) ([]*User, *Response, error) {
+	return c.searchUsers(opt.QueryEncode())
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/user_settings.go

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+)
+
+// UserSettings represents user settings
+type UserSettings struct {
+	FullName      string `json:"full_name"`
+	Website       string `json:"website"`
+	Description   string `json:"description"`
+	Location      string `json:"location"`
+	Language      string `json:"language"`
+	Theme         string `json:"theme"`
+	DiffViewStyle string `json:"diff_view_style"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    bool `json:"hide_email"`
+	HideActivity bool `json:"hide_activity"`
+}
+
+// UserSettingsOptions represents options to change user settings
+type UserSettingsOptions struct {
+	FullName      *string `json:"full_name,omitempty"`
+	Website       *string `json:"website,omitempty"`
+	Description   *string `json:"description,omitempty"`
+	Location      *string `json:"location,omitempty"`
+	Language      *string `json:"language,omitempty"`
+	Theme         *string `json:"theme,omitempty"`
+	DiffViewStyle *string `json:"diff_view_style,omitempty"`
+	// Privacy
+	HideEmail    *bool `json:"hide_email,omitempty"`
+	HideActivity *bool `json:"hide_activity,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GetUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) GetUserSettings() (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/user/settings", nil, nil, userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}
+
+// UpdateUserSettings returns user settings
+func (c *Client) UpdateUserSettings(opt UserSettingsOptions) (*UserSettings, *Response, error) {
+	if err := c.checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(version1_15_0); err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	body, err := json.Marshal(&opt)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, nil, err
+	}
+	userConfig := new(UserSettings)
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("PATCH", "/user/settings", jsonHeader, bytes.NewReader(body), userConfig)
+	return userConfig, resp, err
+}

vendor/code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Gitea Authors. All rights reserved.
+// Use of this source code is governed by a MIT-style
+// license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+
+package gitea
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-version"
+)
+
+// ServerVersion returns the version of the server
+func (c *Client) ServerVersion() (string, *Response, error) {
+	var v = struct {
+		Version string `json:"version"`
+	}{}
+	resp, err := c.getParsedResponse("GET", "/version", nil, nil, &v)
+	return v.Version, resp, err
+}
+
+// CheckServerVersionConstraint validates that the login's server satisfies a
+// given version constraint such as ">= 1.11.0+dev"
+func (c *Client) CheckServerVersionConstraint(constraint string) error {
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	check, err := version.NewConstraint(constraint)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	if !check.Check(c.serverVersion) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s does not satisfy version constraint %s", url, constraint)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// SetGiteaVersion configures the Client to assume the given version of the
+// Gitea server, instead of querying the server for it when initializing.
+// Use "" to skip all canonical ways in the SDK to check for versions
+func SetGiteaVersion(v string) ClientOption {
+	if v == "" {
+		return func(c *Client) error {
+			c.ignoreVersion = true
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+	return func(c *Client) (err error) {
+		c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
+			c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(v)
+			return
+		})
+		return
+	}
+}
+
+// predefined versions only have to be parsed by library once
+var (
+	version1_11_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.11.0")
+	version1_12_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.12.0")
+	version1_13_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.13.0")
+	version1_14_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.14.0")
+	version1_15_0, _ = version.NewVersion("1.15.0")
+)
+
+// checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual is the canonical way in the SDK to check for versions for API compatibility reasons
+func (c *Client) checkServerVersionGreaterThanOrEqual(v *version.Version) error {
+	if c.ignoreVersion {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if err := c.loadServerVersion(); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	if !c.serverVersion.GreaterThanOrEqual(v) {
+		c.mutex.RLock()
+		url := c.url
+		c.mutex.RUnlock()
+		return fmt.Errorf("gitea server at %s is older than %s", url, v.Original())
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// loadServerVersion init the serverVersion variable
+func (c *Client) loadServerVersion() (err error) {
+	c.getVersionOnce.Do(func() {
+		raw, _, err2 := c.ServerVersion()
+		if err2 != nil {
+			err = err2
+			return
+		}
+		if c.serverVersion, err = version.NewVersion(raw); err != nil {
+			return
+		}
+	})
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# Versioning Library for Go
+[![Build Status](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master.svg?style=svg)](https://circleci.com/gh/hashicorp/go-version/tree/master)
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version?status.svg)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version)
+
+go-version is a library for parsing versions and version constraints,
+and verifying versions against a set of constraints. go-version
+can sort a collection of versions properly, handles prerelease/beta
+versions, can increment versions, etc.
+
+Versions used with go-version must follow [SemVer](http://semver.org/).
+
+## Installation and Usage
+
+Package documentation can be found on
+[GoDoc](http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-version).
+
+Installation can be done with a normal `go get`:
+
+```
+$ go get github.com/hashicorp/go-version
+```
+
+#### Version Parsing and Comparison
+
+```go
+v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
+v2, err := version.NewVersion("1.5+metadata")
+
+// Comparison example. There is also GreaterThan, Equal, and just
+// a simple Compare that returns an int allowing easy >=, <=, etc.
+if v1.LessThan(v2) {
+    fmt.Printf("%s is less than %s", v1, v2)
+}
+```
+
+#### Version Constraints
+
+```go
+v1, err := version.NewVersion("1.2")
+
+// Constraints example.
+constraints, err := version.NewConstraint(">= 1.0, < 1.4")
+if constraints.Check(v1) {
+	fmt.Printf("%s satisfies constraints %s", v1, constraints)
+}
+```
+
+#### Version Sorting
+
+```go
+versionsRaw := []string{"1.1", "0.7.1", "1.4-beta", "1.4", "2"}
+versions := make([]*version.Version, len(versionsRaw))
+for i, raw := range versionsRaw {
+    v, _ := version.NewVersion(raw)
+    versions[i] = v
+}
+
+// After this, the versions are properly sorted
+sort.Sort(version.Collection(versions))
+```
+
+## Issues and Contributing
+
+If you find an issue with this library, please report an issue. If you'd
+like, we welcome any contributions. Fork this library and submit a pull
+request.

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+package version
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as
+// ">= 1.0".
+type Constraint struct {
+	f        constraintFunc
+	check    *Version
+	original string
+}
+
+// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that
+// we can add methods to it.
+type Constraints []*Constraint
+
+type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool
+
+var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc
+
+var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+
+func init() {
+	constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{
+		"":   constraintEqual,
+		"=":  constraintEqual,
+		"!=": constraintNotEqual,
+		">":  constraintGreaterThan,
+		"<":  constraintLessThan,
+		">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
+		"<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
+		"~>": constraintPessimistic,
+	}
+
+	ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators))
+	for k := range constraintOperators {
+		ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
+	}
+
+	constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
+		`^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
+		strings.Join(ops, "|"),
+		VersionRegexpRaw))
+}
+
+// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given
+// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of
+// constraints.
+func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) {
+	vs := strings.Split(v, ",")
+	result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs))
+	for i, single := range vs {
+		c, err := parseSingle(single)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
+		result[i] = c
+	}
+
+	return Constraints(result), nil
+}
+
+// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints.
+func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
+	for _, c := range cs {
+		if !c.Check(v) {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// Returns the string format of the constraints
+func (cs Constraints) String() string {
+	csStr := make([]string, len(cs))
+	for i, c := range cs {
+		csStr[i] = c.String()
+	}
+
+	return strings.Join(csStr, ",")
+}
+
+// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version.
+func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool {
+	return c.f(v, c.check)
+}
+
+func (c *Constraint) String() string {
+	return c.original
+}
+
+func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) {
+	matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
+	if matches == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v)
+	}
+
+	check, err := NewVersion(matches[2])
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &Constraint{
+		f:        constraintOperators[matches[1]],
+		check:    check,
+		original: v,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+func prereleaseCheck(v, c *Version) bool {
+	switch vPre, cPre := v.Prerelease() != "", c.Prerelease() != ""; {
+	case cPre && vPre:
+		// A constraint with a pre-release can only match a pre-release version
+		// with the same base segments.
+		return reflect.DeepEqual(c.Segments64(), v.Segments64())
+
+	case !cPre && vPre:
+		// A constraint without a pre-release can only match a version without a
+		// pre-release.
+		return false
+
+	case cPre && !vPre:
+		// OK, except with the pessimistic operator
+	case !cPre && !vPre:
+		// OK
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Constraint functions
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return v.Equal(c)
+}
+
+func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return !v.Equal(c)
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == 1
+}
+
+func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == -1
+}
+
+func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) >= 0
+}
+
+func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
+	return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) <= 0
+}
+
+func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool {
+	// Using a pessimistic constraint with a pre-release, restricts versions to pre-releases
+	if !prereleaseCheck(v, c) || (c.Prerelease() != "" && v.Prerelease() == "") {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there
+	// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
+	if v.LessThan(c) {
+		return false
+	}
+	// We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner
+	// to write the later checks
+	cs := len(c.segments)
+
+	// If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there
+	// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
+	if cs > len(v.segments) {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version
+	// being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the
+	// constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint.
+	for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ {
+		if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at
+	// this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot
+	// be valid against the constraint
+	if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	// If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid
+	return true
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go

@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+package version
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version.
+var (
+	versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+	semverRegexp  *regexp.Regexp
+)
+
+// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity
+// of a version.
+const (
+	VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
+		`(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-?([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` +
+		`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` +
+		`?`
+
+	// SemverRegexpRaw requires a separator between version and prerelease
+	SemverRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
+		`(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` +
+		`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` +
+		`?`
+)
+
+// Version represents a single version.
+type Version struct {
+	metadata string
+	pre      string
+	segments []int64
+	si       int
+	original string
+}
+
+func init() {
+	versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$")
+	semverRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + SemverRegexpRaw + "$")
+}
+
+// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new
+// Version.
+func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
+	return newVersion(v, versionRegexp)
+}
+
+// NewSemver parses the given version and returns a new
+// Version that adheres strictly to SemVer specs
+// https://semver.org/
+func NewSemver(v string) (*Version, error) {
+	return newVersion(v, semverRegexp)
+}
+
+func newVersion(v string, pattern *regexp.Regexp) (*Version, error) {
+	matches := pattern.FindStringSubmatch(v)
+	if matches == nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v)
+	}
+	segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".")
+	segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr))
+	si := 0
+	for i, str := range segmentsStr {
+		val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+				"Error parsing version: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		segments[i] = int64(val)
+		si++
+	}
+
+	// Even though we could support more than three segments, if we
+	// got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic
+	// default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum
+	for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ {
+		segments = append(segments, 0)
+	}
+
+	pre := matches[7]
+	if pre == "" {
+		pre = matches[4]
+	}
+
+	return &Version{
+		metadata: matches[10],
+		pre:      pre,
+		segments: segments,
+		si:       si,
+		original: v,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error)
+// and panics if error is non-nil.
+func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version {
+	if err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+
+	return v
+}
+
+// Compare compares this version to another version. This
+// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal,
+// or larger than the other version, respectively.
+//
+// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal,
+// GreaterThan, GreaterThanOrEqual or LessThanOrEqual methods.
+func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int {
+	// A quick, efficient equality check
+	if v.String() == other.String() {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	segmentsSelf := v.Segments64()
+	segmentsOther := other.Segments64()
+
+	// If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info
+	if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) {
+		preSelf := v.Prerelease()
+		preOther := other.Prerelease()
+		if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" {
+			return 0
+		}
+		if preSelf == "" {
+			return 1
+		}
+		if preOther == "" {
+			return -1
+		}
+
+		return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther)
+	}
+
+	// Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length
+	lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf)
+	lenOther := len(segmentsOther)
+	hS := lenSelf
+	if lenSelf < lenOther {
+		hS = lenOther
+	}
+	// Compare the segments
+	// Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's
+	// checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison
+	for i := 0; i < hS; i++ {
+		if i > lenSelf-1 {
+			// This means Self had the lower specificity
+			// Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros
+			if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) {
+				// if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self
+				return -1
+			}
+			break
+		} else if i > lenOther-1 {
+			// this means Other had the lower specificity
+			// Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros -
+			if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) {
+				//if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other
+				return 1
+			}
+			break
+		}
+		lhs := segmentsSelf[i]
+		rhs := segmentsOther[i]
+		if lhs == rhs {
+			continue
+		} else if lhs < rhs {
+			return -1
+		}
+		// Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	// if we got this far, they're equal
+	return 0
+}
+
+func allZero(segs []int64) bool {
+	for _, s := range segs {
+		if s != 0 {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+	return true
+}
+
+func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int {
+	if preSelf == preOther {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	var selfInt int64
+	selfNumeric := true
+	selfInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		selfNumeric = false
+	}
+
+	var otherInt int64
+	otherNumeric := true
+	otherInt, err = strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		otherNumeric = false
+	}
+
+	// if a part is empty, we use the other to decide
+	if preSelf == "" {
+		if otherNumeric {
+			return -1
+		}
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	if preOther == "" {
+		if selfNumeric {
+			return 1
+		}
+		return -1
+	}
+
+	if selfNumeric && !otherNumeric {
+		return -1
+	} else if !selfNumeric && otherNumeric {
+		return 1
+	} else if !selfNumeric && !otherNumeric && preSelf > preOther {
+		return 1
+	} else if selfInt > otherInt {
+		return 1
+	}
+
+	return -1
+}
+
+func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int {
+	// the same pre release!
+	if v == other {
+		return 0
+	}
+
+	// split both pre releases for analyse their parts
+	selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".")
+	otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".")
+
+	selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta)
+	otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta)
+
+	biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen
+	if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen {
+		biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen
+	}
+
+	// loop for parts to find the first difference
+	for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 {
+		partSelfPre := ""
+		if i < selfPreReleaseLen {
+			partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i]
+		}
+
+		partOtherPre := ""
+		if i < otherPreReleaseLen {
+			partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i]
+		}
+
+		compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre)
+		// if parts are equals, continue the loop
+		if compare != 0 {
+			return compare
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0
+}
+
+// Equal tests if two versions are equal.
+func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
+	if v == nil || o == nil {
+		return v == o
+	}
+
+	return v.Compare(o) == 0
+}
+
+// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version.
+func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) > 0
+}
+
+// GreaterThanOrEqual tests if this version is greater than or equal to another version.
+func (v *Version) GreaterThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) >= 0
+}
+
+// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version.
+func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) < 0
+}
+
+// LessThanOrEqual tests if this version is less than or equal to another version.
+func (v *Version) LessThanOrEqual(o *Version) bool {
+	return v.Compare(o) <= 0
+}
+
+// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version
+// string.
+//
+// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version.
+// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta".
+func (v *Version) Metadata() string {
+	return v.metadata
+}
+
+// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version,
+// or blank if there is no prerelease data.
+//
+// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the
+// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta",
+// the prerelease information is "beta".
+func (v *Version) Prerelease() string {
+	return v.pre
+}
+
+// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints.
+//
+// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
+// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
+// 1, 2, 3.
+func (v *Version) Segments() []int {
+	segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments))
+	for i, v := range v.segments {
+		segmentSlice[i] = int(v)
+	}
+	return segmentSlice
+}
+
+// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s.
+//
+// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
+// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
+// 1, 2, 3.
+func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 {
+	result := make([]int64, len(v.segments))
+	copy(result, v.segments)
+	return result
+}
+
+// String returns the full version string included pre-release
+// and metadata information.
+//
+// This value is rebuilt according to the parsed segments and other
+// information. Therefore, ambiguities in the version string such as
+// prefixed zeroes (1.04.0 => 1.4.0), `v` prefix (v1.0.0 => 1.0.0), and
+// missing parts (1.0 => 1.0.0) will be made into a canonicalized form
+// as shown in the parenthesized examples.
+func (v *Version) String() string {
+	var buf bytes.Buffer
+	fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments))
+	for i, s := range v.segments {
+		// We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments
+		str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10)
+		fmtParts[i] = str
+	}
+	fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, "."))
+	if v.pre != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre)
+	}
+	if v.metadata != "" {
+		fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata)
+	}
+
+	return buf.String()
+}
+
+// Original returns the original parsed version as-is, including any
+// potential whitespace, `v` prefix, etc.
+func (v *Version) Original() string {
+	return v.original
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version_collection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package version
+
+// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface
+// so that versions can be sorted.
+type Collection []*Version
+
+func (v Collection) Len() int {
+	return len(v)
+}
+
+func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
+	return v[i].LessThan(v[j])
+}
+
+func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
+	v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i]
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This is the list of envconfig authors for copyright purposes.
+#
+# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in
+# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list
+# of contributors, see the revision history in source control.
+
+Google LLC
+Seth Vargo

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Copyright The envconfig Authors
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+test:
+	@go test \
+		-count=1 \
+		-short \
+		-timeout=5m \
+		-vet="${VETTERS}" \
+		./...
+.PHONY: test
+
+test-acc:
+	@go test \
+		-count=1 \
+		-race \
+		-shuffle=on \
+		-timeout=10m \
+		-vet="${VETTERS}" \
+		./...
+.PHONY: test-acc

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+# Envconfig
+
+[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/mod/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig)
+[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-envconfig/unit/main?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/actions?query=branch%3Amain+-event%3Aschedule)
+
+Envconfig populates struct field values based on environment variables or
+arbitrary lookup functions. It supports pre-setting mutations, which is useful
+for things like converting values to uppercase, trimming whitespace, or looking
+up secrets.
+
+**Note:** Versions prior to v0.2 used a different import path. This README and
+examples are for v0.2+.
+
+## Usage
+
+Define a struct with fields using the `env` tag:
+
+```go
+type MyConfig struct {
+  Port     int    `env:"PORT"`
+  Username string `env:"USERNAME"`
+}
+```
+
+Set some environment variables:
+
+```sh
+export PORT=5555
+export USERNAME=yoyo
+```
+
+Process it using envconfig:
+
+```go
+package main
+
+import (
+  "context"
+  "log"
+
+  "github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig"
+)
+
+func main() {
+  ctx := context.Background()
+
+  var c MyConfig
+  if err := envconfig.Process(ctx, &c); err != nil {
+    log.Fatal(err)
+  }
+
+  // c.Port = 5555
+  // c.Username = "yoyo"
+}
+```
+
+You can also use nested structs, just remember that any fields you want to
+process must be public:
+
+```go
+type MyConfig struct {
+  Database *DatabaseConfig
+}
+
+type DatabaseConfig struct {
+  Port     int    `env:"PORT"`
+  Username string `env:"USERNAME"`
+}
+```
+
+## Configuration
+
+Use the `env` struct tag to define configuration.
+
+### Overwrite
+
+If overwrite is set, the value will be overwritten if there is an
+environment variable match regardless if the value is non-zero.
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  Port int `env:"PORT,overwrite"`
+}
+```
+
+### Required
+
+If a field is required, processing will error if the environment variable is
+unset.
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  Port int `env:"PORT,required"`
+}
+```
+
+It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`.
+
+### Default
+
+If an environment variable is not set, the field will be set to the default
+value. Note that the environment variable must not be set (e.g. `unset PORT`).
+If the environment variable is the empty string, that counts as a "value" and
+the default will not be used.
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"`
+}
+```
+
+You can also set the default value to another field or value from the
+environment, for example:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  DefaultPort int `env:"DEFAULT_PORT,default=5555"`
+  Port        int `env:"OVERRIDE_PORT,default=$DEFAULT_PORT"`
+}
+```
+
+The value for `Port` will default to the value of `DEFAULT_PORT`.
+
+It is invalid to have a field as both `required` and `default`.
+
+### Prefix
+
+For shared, embedded structs, you can define a prefix to use when processing
+struct values for that embed.
+
+```go
+type SharedConfig struct {
+  Port int `env:"PORT,default=5555"`
+}
+
+type Server1 struct {
+  // This processes Port from $FOO_PORT.
+  *SharedConfig `env:",prefix=FOO_"`
+}
+
+type Server2 struct {
+  // This processes Port from $BAR_PORT.
+  *SharedConfig `env:",prefix=BAR_"`
+}
+```
+
+It is invalid to specify a prefix on non-struct fields.
+
+### Delimiter
+
+When parsing maps and slices, a comma (`,`) is the default element delimiter.
+Define a custom delimiter with `delimiter`:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,delimiter=;"`
+```
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="a:1;b:2"
+# map[string]string{"a":"1", "b":"2"}
+```
+
+This is especially helpful when your values include the default delimiter
+character.
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="a:1,2,3;b:4,5"
+# map[string]string{"a":"1,2,3", "b":"4,5"}
+```
+
+### Separator
+
+When parsing maps, a colon (`:`) is the default key-value separator. Define a
+separator with `separator`:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR,separator=="`
+}
+```
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="a=b,c=d"
+# map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
+```
+
+This is especially helpful when your keys or values include the default
+separator character.
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="client=abcd::1/128,backend=abcd::2/128"
+# map[string]string{"client":"abcd::1/128", "backend":"abcd::2/128"}
+```
+
+## Complex Types
+
+### Durations
+
+In the environment, `time.Duration` values are specified as a parsable Go
+duration:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar time.Duration `env:"MYVAR"`
+}
+```
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="10m" # 10 * time.Minute
+```
+
+### TextUnmarshaler / BinaryUnmarshaler
+
+Types that implement `TextUnmarshaler` or `BinaryUnmarshaler` are processed as such.
+
+### json.Unmarshaler
+
+Types that implement `json.Unmarshaler` are processed as such.
+
+### gob.Decoder
+
+Types that implement `gob.Decoder` are processed as such.
+
+
+### Slices
+
+Slices are specified as comma-separated values:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar []string `env:"MYVAR"`
+}
+```
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" # []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"}
+```
+
+Note that byte slices are special cased and interpreted as strings from the
+environment.
+
+### Maps
+
+Maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar map[string]string `env:"MYVAR"`
+}
+```
+
+```bash
+export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" # map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
+```
+
+### Structs
+
+Envconfig walks the entire struct, including nested structs, so deeply-nested
+fields are also supported.
+
+If a nested struct is a pointer type, it will automatically be instantianted to
+the non-nil value. To change this behavior, see
+(Initialization)[#Initialization].
+
+
+### Custom
+
+You can also define your own decoder for structs (see below).
+
+
+## Prefixing
+
+You can define a custom prefix using the `PrefixLookuper`. This will lookup
+values in the environment by prefixing the keys with the provided value:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  MyVar string `env:"MYVAR"`
+}
+```
+
+```go
+// Process variables, but look for the "APP_" prefix.
+l := envconfig.PrefixLookuper("APP_", envconfig.OsLookuper())
+if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &c, l); err != nil {
+  panic(err)
+}
+```
+
+```bash
+export APP_MYVAR="foo"
+```
+
+## Initialization
+
+By default, all pointer fields are initialized (allocated) so they are not
+`nil`. To disable this behavior, use the tag the field as `noinit`:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  // Without `noinit`, DeleteUser would be initialized to the default boolean
+  // value. With `noinit`, if the environment variable is not given, the value
+  // is kept as uninitialized (nil).
+  DeleteUser *bool `env:"DELETE_USER, noinit"`
+}
+```
+
+This also applies to nested fields in a struct:
+
+```go
+type ParentConfig struct {
+  // Without `noinit` tag, `Child` would be set to `&ChildConfig{}` whether
+  // or not `FIELD` is set in the env var.
+  // With `noinit`, `Child` would stay nil if `FIELD` is not set in the env var.
+  Child *ChildConfig `env:",noinit"`
+}
+
+type ChildConfig struct {
+  Field string `env:"FIELD"`
+}
+```
+
+The `noinit` tag is only applicable for pointer fields. Putting the tag on a
+non-struct-pointer will return an error.
+
+
+## Extension
+
+All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define a
+custom decoder, implement the `Decoder` interface:
+
+```go
+type MyStruct struct {
+  field string
+}
+
+func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error {
+  v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val)
+  return nil
+}
+
+var _ envconfig.Decoder = (*MyStruct)(nil) // interface check
+```
+
+If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can
+specify a custom `Mutator`:
+
+```go
+type Config struct {
+  Password `env:"PASSWORD"`
+}
+
+func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) {
+  if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") {
+    return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example
+  }
+  return value, nil
+}
+
+var config Config
+envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, envconfig.OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc)
+```
+
+## Testing
+
+Relying on the environment in tests can be troublesome because environment
+variables are global, which makes it difficult to parallelize the tests.
+Envconfig supports extracting data from anything that returns a value:
+
+```go
+lookuper := envconfig.MapLookuper(map[string]string{
+  "FOO": "bar",
+  "ZIP": "zap",
+})
+
+var config Config
+envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &config, lookuper)
+```
+
+Now you can parallelize all your tests by providing a map for the lookup
+function. In fact, that's how the tests in this repo work, so check there for an
+example.
+
+You can also combine multiple lookupers with `MultiLookuper`. See the GoDoc for
+more information and examples.
+
+
+## Inspiration
+
+This library is conceptually similar to [kelseyhightower/envconfig](https://github.com/kelseyhightower/envconfig), with the following
+major behavioral differences:
+
+-   Adds support for specifying a custom lookup function (such as a map), which
+    is useful for testing.
+
+-   Only populates fields if they contain zero or nil values if `overwrite` is unset.
+    This means you can pre-initialize a struct and any pre-populated fields will not
+    be overwritten during processing.
+
+-   Support for interpolation. The default value for a field can be the value of
+    another field.
+
+-   Support for arbitrary mutators that change/resolve data before type
+    conversion.

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/decoding.go

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+// Copyright The envconfig Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package envconfig
+
+import (
+	"encoding/base64"
+	"encoding/hex"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// Base64Bytes is a slice of bytes where the information is base64-encoded in
+// the environment variable.
+type Base64Bytes []byte
+
+// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder.
+func (b *Base64Bytes) EnvDecode(val string) error {
+	val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "+", "-")
+	val = strings.ReplaceAll(val, "/", "_")
+	val = strings.TrimRight(val, "=")
+
+	var err error
+	*b, err = base64.RawURLEncoding.DecodeString(val)
+	return err
+}
+
+// Bytes returns the underlying bytes.
+func (b Base64Bytes) Bytes() []byte {
+	return []byte(b)
+}
+
+// HexBytes is a slice of bytes where the information is hex-encoded in the
+// environment variable.
+type HexBytes []byte
+
+// EnvDecode implements env.Decoder.
+func (b *HexBytes) EnvDecode(val string) error {
+	var err error
+	*b, err = hex.DecodeString(val)
+	return err
+}
+
+// Bytes returns the underlying bytes.
+func (b HexBytes) Bytes() []byte {
+	return []byte(b)
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig/envconfig.go

@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+// Copyright The envconfig Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Package envconfig populates struct fields based on environment variable
+// values (or anything that responds to "Lookup"). Structs declare their
+// environment dependencies using the `env` tag with the key being the name of
+// the environment variable, case sensitive.
+//
+//     type MyStruct struct {
+//         A string `env:"A"` // resolves A to $A
+//         B string `env:"B,required"` // resolves B to $B, errors if $B is unset
+//         C string `env:"C,default=foo"` // resolves C to $C, defaults to "foo"
+//
+//         D string `env:"D,required,default=foo"` // error, cannot be required and default
+//         E string `env:""` // error, must specify key
+//     }
+//
+// All built-in types are supported except Func and Chan. If you need to define
+// a custom decoder, implement Decoder:
+//
+//     type MyStruct struct {
+//         field string
+//     }
+//
+//     func (v *MyStruct) EnvDecode(val string) error {
+//         v.field = fmt.Sprintf("PREFIX-%s", val)
+//         return nil
+//     }
+//
+// In the environment, slices are specified as comma-separated values:
+//
+//     export MYVAR="a,b,c,d" // []string{"a", "b", "c", "d"}
+//
+// In the environment, maps are specified as comma-separated key:value pairs:
+//
+//     export MYVAR="a:b,c:d" // map[string]string{"a":"b", "c":"d"}
+//
+// If you need to modify environment variable values before processing, you can
+// specify a custom mutator:
+//
+//     type Config struct {
+//         Password `env:"PASSWORD_SECRET"`
+//     }
+//
+//     func resolveSecretFunc(ctx context.Context, key, value string) (string, error) {
+//         if strings.HasPrefix(value, "secret://") {
+//             return secretmanager.Resolve(ctx, value) // example
+//         }
+//         return value, nil
+//     }
+//
+//     var config Config
+//     ProcessWith(&config, OsLookuper(), resolveSecretFunc)
+//
+package envconfig
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding"
+	"encoding/gob"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"reflect"
+	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+)
+
+const (
+	envTag = "env"
+
+	optDefault   = "default="
+	optDelimiter = "delimiter="
+	optNoInit    = "noinit"
+	optOverwrite = "overwrite"
+	optPrefix    = "prefix="
+	optRequired  = "required"
+	optSeparator = "separator="
+
+	defaultDelimiter = ","
+	defaultSeparator = ":"
+)
+
+var envvarNameRe = regexp.MustCompile(`\A[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\z`)
+
+// Error is a custom error type for errors returned by envconfig.
+type Error string
+
+// Error implements error.
+func (e Error) Error() string {
+	return string(e)
+}
+
+const (
+	ErrInvalidEnvvarName  = Error("invalid environment variable name")
+	ErrInvalidMapItem     = Error("invalid map item")
+	ErrLookuperNil        = Error("lookuper cannot be nil")
+	ErrMissingKey         = Error("missing key")
+	ErrMissingRequired    = Error("missing required value")
+	ErrNoInitNotPtr       = Error("field must be a pointer to have noinit")
+	ErrNotPtr             = Error("input must be a pointer")
+	ErrNotStruct          = Error("input must be a struct")
+	ErrPrefixNotStruct    = Error("prefix is only valid on struct types")
+	ErrPrivateField       = Error("cannot parse private fields")
+	ErrRequiredAndDefault = Error("field cannot be required and have a default value")
+	ErrUnknownOption      = Error("unknown option")
+)
+
+// Lookuper is an interface that provides a lookup for a string-based key.
+type Lookuper interface {
+	// Lookup searches for the given key and returns the corresponding string
+	// value. If a value is found, it returns the value and true. If a value is
+	// not found, it returns the empty string and false.
+	Lookup(key string) (string, bool)
+}
+
+// osLookuper looks up environment configuration from the local environment.
+type osLookuper struct{}
+
+// Verify implements interface.
+var _ Lookuper = (*osLookuper)(nil)
+
+func (o *osLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
+	return os.LookupEnv(key)
+}
+
+// OsLookuper returns a lookuper that uses the environment (os.LookupEnv) to
+// resolve values.
+func OsLookuper() Lookuper {
+	return new(osLookuper)
+}
+
+type mapLookuper map[string]string
+
+var _ Lookuper = (*mapLookuper)(nil)
+
+func (m mapLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
+	v, ok := m[key]
+	return v, ok
+}
+
+// MapLookuper looks up environment configuration from a provided map. This is
+// useful for testing, especially in parallel, since it does not require you to
+// mutate the parent environment (which is stateful).
+func MapLookuper(m map[string]string) Lookuper {
+	return mapLookuper(m)
+}
+
+type multiLookuper struct {
+	ls []Lookuper
+}
+
+var _ Lookuper = (*multiLookuper)(nil)
+
+func (m *multiLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
+	for _, l := range m.ls {
+		if v, ok := l.Lookup(key); ok {
+			return v, true
+		}
+	}
+	return "", false
+}
+
+// PrefixLookuper looks up environment configuration using the specified prefix.
+// This is useful if you want all your variables to start with a particular
+// prefix like "MY_APP_".
+func PrefixLookuper(prefix string, l Lookuper) Lookuper {
+	if typ, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok {
+		return &prefixLookuper{prefix: typ.prefix + prefix, l: typ.l}
+	}
+	return &prefixLookuper{prefix: prefix, l: l}
+}
+
+type prefixLookuper struct {
+	l      Lookuper
+	prefix string
+}
+
+func (p *prefixLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
+	return p.l.Lookup(p.prefix + key)
+}
+
+// MultiLookuper wraps a collection of lookupers. It does not combine them, and
+// lookups appear in the order in which they are provided to the initializer.
+func MultiLookuper(lookupers ...Lookuper) Lookuper {
+	return &multiLookuper{ls: lookupers}
+}
+
+// Decoder is an interface that custom types/fields can implement to control how
+// decoding takes place. For example:
+//
+//     type MyType string
+//
+//     func (mt MyType) EnvDecode(val string) error {
+//         return "CUSTOM-"+val
+//     }
+//
+type Decoder interface {
+	EnvDecode(val string) error
+}
+
+// MutatorFunc is a function that mutates a given value before it is passed
+// along for processing. This is useful if you want to mutate the environment
+// variable value before it's converted to the proper type.
+type MutatorFunc func(ctx context.Context, k, v string) (string, error)
+
+// options are internal options for decoding.
+type options struct {
+	Default   string
+	Delimiter string
+	Prefix    string
+	Separator string
+	NoInit    bool
+	Overwrite bool
+	Required  bool
+}
+
+// Process processes the struct using the environment. See ProcessWith for a
+// more customizable version.
+func Process(ctx context.Context, i interface{}) error {
+	return ProcessWith(ctx, i, OsLookuper())
+}
+
+// ProcessWith processes the given interface with the given lookuper. See the
+// package-level documentation for specific examples and behaviors.
+func ProcessWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, fns ...MutatorFunc) error {
+	return processWith(ctx, i, l, false, fns...)
+}
+
+// processWith is a helper that captures whether the parent wanted
+// initialization.
+func processWith(ctx context.Context, i interface{}, l Lookuper, parentNoInit bool, fns ...MutatorFunc) error {
+	if l == nil {
+		return ErrLookuperNil
+	}
+
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(i)
+	if v.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+		return ErrNotPtr
+	}
+
+	e := v.Elem()
+	if e.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+		return ErrNotStruct
+	}
+
+	t := e.Type()
+
+	for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
+		ef := e.Field(i)
+		tf := t.Field(i)
+		tag := tf.Tag.Get(envTag)
+
+		if !ef.CanSet() {
+			if tag != "" {
+				// There's an "env" tag on a private field, we can't alter it, and it's
+				// likely a mistake. Return an error so the user can handle.
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrPrivateField)
+			}
+
+			// Otherwise continue to the next field.
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Parse the key and options.
+		key, opts, err := keyAndOpts(tag)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
+		}
+
+		// NoInit is only permitted on pointers.
+		if opts.NoInit && ef.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, ErrNoInitNotPtr)
+		}
+
+		isNilStructPtr := false
+		setNilStruct := func(v reflect.Value) {
+			origin := e.Field(i)
+			if isNilStructPtr {
+				empty := reflect.New(origin.Type().Elem()).Interface()
+				// If a struct (after traversal) equals to the empty value, it means
+				// nothing was changed in any sub-fields. With the noinit opt, we skip
+				// setting the empty value to the original struct pointer (aka. keep it
+				// nil).
+				if !reflect.DeepEqual(v.Interface(), empty) || (!opts.NoInit && !parentNoInit) {
+					origin.Set(v)
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Initialize pointer structs.
+		for ef.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+			if ef.IsNil() {
+				if ef.Type().Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+					// This is a nil pointer to something that isn't a struct, like
+					// *string. Move along.
+					break
+				}
+
+				isNilStructPtr = true
+				// Use an empty struct of the type so we can traverse.
+				ef = reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem()).Elem()
+
+			} else {
+				ef = ef.Elem()
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Special case handle structs. This has to come after the value resolution in
+		// case the struct has a custom decoder.
+		if ef.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
+			for ef.CanAddr() {
+				ef = ef.Addr()
+			}
+
+			// Lookup the value, ignoring an error if the key isn't defined. This is
+			// required for nested structs that don't declare their own `env` keys,
+			// but have internal fields with an `env` defined.
+			val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l)
+			if err != nil && !errors.Is(err, ErrMissingKey) {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
+			}
+
+			if found || usedDefault {
+				if ok, err := processAsDecoder(val, ef); ok {
+					if err != nil {
+						return err
+					}
+
+					setNilStruct(ef)
+					continue
+				}
+			}
+
+			plu := l
+			if opts.Prefix != "" {
+				plu = PrefixLookuper(opts.Prefix, l)
+			}
+
+			if err := processWith(ctx, ef.Interface(), plu, opts.NoInit, fns...); err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
+			}
+
+			setNilStruct(ef)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// It's invalid to have a prefix on a non-struct field.
+		if opts.Prefix != "" {
+			return ErrPrefixNotStruct
+		}
+
+		// Stop processing if there's no env tag (this comes after nested parsing),
+		// in case there's an env tag in an embedded struct.
+		if tag == "" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// The field already has a non-zero value and overwrite is false, do not
+		// overwrite.
+		if !ef.IsZero() && !opts.Overwrite {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		val, found, usedDefault, err := lookup(key, opts, l)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
+		}
+
+		// If the field already has a non-zero value and there was no value directly
+		// specified, do not overwrite the existing field. We only want to overwrite
+		// when the envvar was provided directly.
+		if !ef.IsZero() && !found {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Apply any mutators. Mutators are applied after the lookup, but before any
+		// type conversions. They always resolve to a string (or error), so we don't
+		// call mutators when the environment variable was not set.
+		if found || usedDefault {
+			for _, fn := range fns {
+				if fn != nil {
+					val, err = fn(ctx, key, val)
+					if err != nil {
+						return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", tf.Name, err)
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// If Delimiter is not defined set it to ","
+		if opts.Delimiter == "" {
+			opts.Delimiter = defaultDelimiter
+		}
+
+		// If Separator is not defined set it to ":"
+		if opts.Separator == "" {
+			opts.Separator = defaultSeparator
+		}
+
+		// Set value.
+		if err := processField(val, ef, opts.Delimiter, opts.Separator, opts.NoInit); err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s(%q): %w", tf.Name, val, err)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// keyAndOpts parses the given tag value (e.g. env:"foo,required") and
+// returns the key name and options as a list.
+func keyAndOpts(tag string) (string, *options, error) {
+	parts := strings.Split(tag, ",")
+	key, tagOpts := strings.TrimSpace(parts[0]), parts[1:]
+
+	if key != "" && !envvarNameRe.MatchString(key) {
+		return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w ", key, ErrInvalidEnvvarName)
+	}
+
+	var opts options
+
+LOOP:
+	for i, o := range tagOpts {
+		o = strings.TrimSpace(o)
+		switch {
+		case o == optOverwrite:
+			opts.Overwrite = true
+		case o == optRequired:
+			opts.Required = true
+		case o == optNoInit:
+			opts.NoInit = true
+		case strings.HasPrefix(o, optPrefix):
+			opts.Prefix = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optPrefix)
+		case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDelimiter):
+			opts.Delimiter = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDelimiter)
+		case strings.HasPrefix(o, optSeparator):
+			opts.Separator = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optSeparator)
+		case strings.HasPrefix(o, optDefault):
+			// If a default value was given, assume everything after is the provided
+			// value, including comma-seprated items.
+			o = strings.TrimLeft(strings.Join(tagOpts[i:], ","), " ")
+			opts.Default = strings.TrimPrefix(o, optDefault)
+			break LOOP
+		default:
+			return "", nil, fmt.Errorf("%q: %w", o, ErrUnknownOption)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return key, &opts, nil
+}
+
+// lookup looks up the given key using the provided Lookuper and options. The
+// first boolean parameter indicates whether the value was found in the
+// lookuper. The second boolean parameter indicates whether the default value
+// was used.
+func lookup(key string, opts *options, l Lookuper) (string, bool, bool, error) {
+	if key == "" {
+		// The struct has something like `env:",required"`, which is likely a
+		// mistake. We could try to infer the envvar from the field name, but that
+		// feels too magical.
+		return "", false, false, ErrMissingKey
+	}
+
+	if opts.Required && opts.Default != "" {
+		// Having a default value on a required value doesn't make sense.
+		return "", false, false, ErrRequiredAndDefault
+	}
+
+	// Lookup value.
+	val, found := l.Lookup(key)
+	if !found {
+		if opts.Required {
+			if pl, ok := l.(*prefixLookuper); ok {
+				key = pl.prefix + key
+			}
+
+			return "", false, false, fmt.Errorf("%w: %s", ErrMissingRequired, key)
+		}
+
+		if opts.Default != "" {
+			// Expand the default value. This allows for a default value that maps to
+			// a different variable.
+			val = os.Expand(opts.Default, func(i string) string {
+				s, ok := l.Lookup(i)
+				if ok {
+					return s
+				}
+				return ""
+			})
+
+			return val, false, true, nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return val, found, false, nil
+}
+
+// processAsDecoder processes the given value as a decoder or custom
+// unmarshaller.
+func processAsDecoder(v string, ef reflect.Value) (bool, error) {
+	// Keep a running error. It's possible that a property might implement
+	// multiple decoders, and we don't know *which* decoder will succeed. If we
+	// get through all of them, we'll return the most recent error.
+	var imp bool
+	var err error
+
+	// Resolve any pointers.
+	for ef.CanAddr() {
+		ef = ef.Addr()
+	}
+
+	if ef.CanInterface() {
+		iface := ef.Interface()
+
+		// If a developer chooses to implement the Decoder interface on a type,
+		// never attempt to use other decoders in case of failure. EnvDecode's
+		// decoding logic is "the right one", and the error returned (if any)
+		// is the most specific we can get.
+		if dec, ok := iface.(Decoder); ok {
+			imp = true
+			err = dec.EnvDecode(v)
+			return imp, err
+		}
+
+		if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.TextUnmarshaler); ok {
+			imp = true
+			if err = tu.UnmarshalText([]byte(v)); err == nil {
+				return imp, nil
+			}
+		}
+
+		if tu, ok := iface.(json.Unmarshaler); ok {
+			imp = true
+			if err = tu.UnmarshalJSON([]byte(v)); err == nil {
+				return imp, nil
+			}
+		}
+
+		if tu, ok := iface.(encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler); ok {
+			imp = true
+			if err = tu.UnmarshalBinary([]byte(v)); err == nil {
+				return imp, nil
+			}
+		}
+
+		if tu, ok := iface.(gob.GobDecoder); ok {
+			imp = true
+			if err = tu.GobDecode([]byte(v)); err == nil {
+				return imp, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return imp, err
+}
+
+func processField(v string, ef reflect.Value, delimiter, separator string, noInit bool) error {
+	// If the input value is empty and initialization is skipped, do nothing.
+	if v == "" && noInit {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// Handle pointers and uninitialized pointers.
+	for ef.Type().Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		if ef.IsNil() {
+			ef.Set(reflect.New(ef.Type().Elem()))
+		}
+		ef = ef.Elem()
+	}
+
+	tf := ef.Type()
+	tk := tf.Kind()
+
+	// Handle existing decoders.
+	if ok, err := processAsDecoder(v, ef); ok {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// We don't check if the value is empty earlier, because the user might want
+	// to define a custom decoder and treat the empty variable as a special case.
+	// However, if we got this far, none of the remaining parsers will succeed, so
+	// bail out now.
+	if v == "" {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	switch tk {
+	case reflect.Bool:
+		b, err := strconv.ParseBool(v)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		ef.SetBool(b)
+	case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+		f, err := strconv.ParseFloat(v, tf.Bits())
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		ef.SetFloat(f)
+	case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32:
+		i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits())
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		ef.SetInt(i)
+	case reflect.Int64:
+		// Special case time.Duration values.
+		if tf.PkgPath() == "time" && tf.Name() == "Duration" {
+			d, err := time.ParseDuration(v)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			ef.SetInt(int64(d))
+		} else {
+			i, err := strconv.ParseInt(v, 0, tf.Bits())
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			ef.SetInt(i)
+		}
+	case reflect.String:
+		ef.SetString(v)
+	case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
+		i, err := strconv.ParseUint(v, 0, tf.Bits())
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		ef.SetUint(i)
+
+	case reflect.Interface:
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot decode into interfaces")
+
+	// Maps
+	case reflect.Map:
+		vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter)
+		mp := reflect.MakeMapWithSize(tf, len(vals))
+		for _, val := range vals {
+			pair := strings.SplitN(val, separator, 2)
+			if len(pair) < 2 {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, ErrInvalidMapItem)
+			}
+			mKey, mVal := strings.TrimSpace(pair[0]), strings.TrimSpace(pair[1])
+
+			k := reflect.New(tf.Key()).Elem()
+			if err := processField(mKey, k, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mKey, err)
+			}
+
+			v := reflect.New(tf.Elem()).Elem()
+			if err := processField(mVal, v, delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", mVal, err)
+			}
+
+			mp.SetMapIndex(k, v)
+		}
+		ef.Set(mp)
+
+	// Slices
+	case reflect.Slice:
+		// Special case: []byte
+		if tf.Elem().Kind() == reflect.Uint8 {
+			ef.Set(reflect.ValueOf([]byte(v)))
+		} else {
+			vals := strings.Split(v, delimiter)
+			s := reflect.MakeSlice(tf, len(vals), len(vals))
+			for i, val := range vals {
+				val = strings.TrimSpace(val)
+				if err := processField(val, s.Index(i), delimiter, separator, noInit); err != nil {
+					return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", val, err)
+				}
+			}
+			ef.Set(s)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+coverage.out

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/AUTHORS

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This is the list of authors for copyright purposes.
+#
+# This does not necessarily list everyone who has contributed code, since in
+# some cases, their employer may be the copyright holder. To see the full list
+# of contributors, see the revision history in source control.
+
+Seth Vargo

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+
+                                 Apache License
+                           Version 2.0, January 2004
+                        http://www.apache.org/licenses/
+
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
+
+   1. Definitions.
+
+      "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
+      and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
+
+      "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
+      the copyright owner that is granting the License.
+
+      "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
+      other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
+      control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
+      "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
+      direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
+      outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+      "You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
+      exercising permissions granted by this License.
+
+      "Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
+      including but not limited to software source code, documentation
+      source, and configuration files.
+
+      "Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
+      transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
+      not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
+      and conversions to other media types.
+
+      "Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
+      Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
+      copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
+      (an example is provided in the Appendix below).
+
+      "Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
+      form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
+      editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
+      represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
+      of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
+      separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
+      the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
+
+      "Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
+      the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
+      to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
+      submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
+      or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
+      the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
+      means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
+      to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
+      communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
+      and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
+      Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
+      excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
+      designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
+
+      "Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
+      on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
+      subsequently incorporated within the Work.
+
+   2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
+      publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
+      Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
+
+   3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
+      this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
+      worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
+      (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
+      use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
+      where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
+      by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
+      Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
+      with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
+      institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
+      cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
+      or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
+      or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
+      granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
+      as of the date such litigation is filed.
+
+   4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
+      Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
+      modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
+      meet the following conditions:
+
+      (a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
+          Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
+
+      (b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
+          stating that You changed the files; and
+
+      (c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
+          that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
+          attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
+          excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
+          the Derivative Works; and
+
+      (d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
+          distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
+          include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
+          within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
+          pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
+          of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
+          as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
+          documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
+          within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
+          wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
+          of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
+          do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
+          notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
+          or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
+          that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
+          as modifying the License.
+
+      You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
+      may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
+      for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
+      for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
+      reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
+      the conditions stated in this License.
+
+   5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
+      any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
+      by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
+      this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
+      Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
+      the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
+      with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
+
+   6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
+      names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
+      except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
+      origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
+
+   7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
+      agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
+      Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+      WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
+      implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
+      of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
+      PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
+      appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
+      risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
+
+   8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
+      whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
+      unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
+      negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
+      liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
+      incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
+      result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
+      Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
+      work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+      other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
+      has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+   9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
+      the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
+      and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
+      or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
+      License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
+      on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
+      of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
+      defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
+      incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
+      of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
+
+   END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+   APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
+
+      To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
+      boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
+      replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
+      the brackets!)  The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
+      comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
+      file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
+      same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
+      identification within third-party archives.
+
+   Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+
+   Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+   you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+   You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+       http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+   Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+   distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+   WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+   See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+   limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Copyright 2020 The Authors
+#
+# Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+# you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+# You may obtain a copy of the License at
+#
+#      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+#
+# Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+# distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+# limitations under the License.
+
+test:
+	@go test \
+		-count=1 \
+		-short \
+		-timeout=5m \
+		./...
+.PHONY: test
+
+test-acc:
+	@go test \
+		-count=1 \
+		-race \
+		-timeout=10m \
+		./...
+.PHONY: test-acc

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+# GitHub Actions SDK (Go)
+
+[![GoDoc](https://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions)
+[![GitHub Actions](https://img.shields.io/github/workflow/status/sethvargo/go-githubactions/Test?style=flat-square)](https://github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions?query=workflow%3ATest)
+
+This library provides an SDK for authoring [GitHub Actions][gh-actions] in Go. It has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting with GitHub Actions' build system.
+
+
+## Installation
+
+Download the library:
+
+```text
+$ go get -u github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/...
+```
+
+
+## Usage
+
+The easiest way to use the library is by importing it and invoking the functions
+at the root:
+
+```go
+import (
+  "github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions"
+)
+
+func main() {
+  val := githubactions.GetInput("val")
+  if val == "" {
+    githubactions.Fatalf("missing 'val'")
+  }
+}
+```
+
+You can also create an instance with custom fields that will be included in log messages:
+
+```go
+import (
+  "github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions"
+)
+
+func main() {
+  actions := githubactions.WithFieldsMap(map[string]string{
+    "file": "myfile.js",
+    "line": "100",
+  })
+
+  val := actions.GetInput("val")
+  if val == "" {
+    actions.Fatalf("missing 'val'")
+  }
+}
+```
+
+For more examples and API documentation, please see the [Go docs][godoc].
+
+
+## Publishing
+
+There are multiple ways to publish GitHub Actions written in Go:
+
+-   [Composite actions](https://github.com/FerretDB/github-actions/blob/2ae30fd2cdb635d8aefdaf9f770257e156c9f77b/extract-docker-tag/action.yml)
+-   [Pre-compiled binaries with a shim](https://full-stack.blend.com/how-we-write-github-actions-in-go.html)
+-   Docker containers (see below)
+
+By default, GitHub Actions expects actions to be written in Node.js. For other languages like Go, you need to provide a `Dockerfile` and entrypoint instructions in an `action.yml` file:
+
+```dockerfile
+# your-repo/Dockerfile
+FROM golang:1.18
+RUN go build -o /bin/app .
+ENTRYPOINT ["/bin/app"]
+```
+
+```yaml
+# your-repo/action.yml
+name: My action
+author: My name
+description: My description
+
+runs:
+  using: docker
+  image: Dockerfile
+```
+
+And then users can import your action by the repository name:
+
+```yaml
+# their-repo/.github/workflows/thing.yml
+steps:
+- name: My action
+  uses: username/repo@latest
+```
+
+However, this will clone the entire repo and compile the Go code each time the action runs. Worse, it uses the Go base container which is a few hundred MBs and includes a ton of unnecessary things.
+
+Fortunately, GitHub Actions can also source from a Docker container directly from Docker Hub:
+
+```yaml
+steps:
+- name: My action
+  uses: docker://username/repo:latest
+```
+
+Now we can precompile and publish our Go Action as a Docker container, but we need to make it much, much smaller first. This can be achieved using multi-stage Docker builds:
+
+```dockerfile
+FROM golang:1.18 AS builder
+
+ENV GO111MODULE=on \
+  CGO_ENABLED=0 \
+  GOOS=linux \
+  GOARCH=amd64
+
+RUN apt-get -qq update && \
+  apt-get -yqq install upx
+
+WORKDIR /src
+COPY . .
+
+RUN go build \
+  -ldflags "-s -w -extldflags '-static'" \
+  -o /bin/app \
+  . \
+  && strip /bin/app \
+  && upx -q -9 /bin/app
+
+RUN echo "nobody:x:65534:65534:Nobody:/:" > /etc_passwd
+
+
+
+FROM scratch
+
+COPY --from=builder /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt /etc/ssl/certs/
+COPY --from=builder /etc_passwd /etc/passwd
+COPY --from=builder --chown=65534:0 /bin/app /app
+
+USER nobody
+ENTRYPOINT ["/app"]
+```
+
+The first step, uses a fat container to build, strip, and compress the compiled Go binary. Then, in the second step, the compiled and compressed binary is copied into a scratch (bare) container along with some SSL certificates and a `nobody` user in which to execute the container.
+
+This will usually produce an image that is less than 10MB in size, making for
+much faster builds.
+
+
+[gh-actions]: https://github.com/features/actions
+[godoc]: https://godoc.org/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions.go

@@ -0,0 +1,576 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+// Package githubactions provides an SDK for authoring GitHub Actions in Go. It
+// has no external dependencies and provides a Go-like interface for interacting
+// with GitHub Actions' build system.
+package githubactions
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"html/template"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"os"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig"
+)
+
+var (
+	// osExit allows `os.Exit()` to be stubbed during testing.
+	osExit = os.Exit
+)
+
+const (
+	addMaskCmd = "add-mask"
+
+	envCmd    = "env"
+	outputCmd = "output"
+	pathCmd   = "path"
+	stateCmd  = "state"
+
+	// https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#multiline-strings
+	multiLineFileDelim = "_GitHubActionsFileCommandDelimeter_"
+	multilineFileCmd   = "%s<<" + multiLineFileDelim + EOF + "%s" + EOF + multiLineFileDelim // ${name}<<${delimiter}${os.EOL}${convertedVal}${os.EOL}${delimiter}
+
+	addMatcherCmd    = "add-matcher"
+	removeMatcherCmd = "remove-matcher"
+
+	groupCmd    = "group"
+	endGroupCmd = "endgroup"
+
+	stepSummaryCmd = "step-summary"
+
+	debugCmd   = "debug"
+	noticeCmd  = "notice"
+	warningCmd = "warning"
+	errorCmd   = "error"
+
+	errFileCmdFmt = "unable to write command to the environment file: %s"
+)
+
+// New creates a new wrapper with helpers for outputting information in GitHub
+// actions format.
+func New(opts ...Option) *Action {
+	a := &Action{
+		w:      os.Stdout,
+		getenv: os.Getenv,
+		httpClient: &http.Client{
+			Timeout: 10 * time.Second,
+		},
+	}
+
+	for _, opt := range opts {
+		if opt == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+		a = opt(a)
+	}
+
+	return a
+}
+
+// Action is an internal wrapper around GitHub Actions' output and magic
+// strings.
+type Action struct {
+	w          io.Writer
+	fields     CommandProperties
+	getenv     GetenvFunc
+	httpClient *http.Client
+}
+
+// IssueCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command. It panics if it cannot
+// write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) IssueCommand(cmd *Command) {
+	if _, err := fmt.Fprint(c.w, cmd.String()+EOF); err != nil {
+		panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to issue command: %w", err))
+	}
+}
+
+// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files.
+// It panics if writing to the file fails.
+//
+// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#environment-files
+//
+// The TypeScript equivalent function:
+//
+// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/4f7fb6513a355689f69f0849edeb369a4dc81729/packages/core/src/file-command.ts#L10-L23
+//
+// IssueFileCommand currently ignores the 'CommandProperties' field provided
+// with the 'Command' argument as it's scope is unclear in the current
+// TypeScript implementation.
+func (c *Action) IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) {
+	if err := c.issueFileCommand(cmd); err != nil {
+		panic(err)
+	}
+}
+
+// issueFileCommand is an internal-only helper that issues the command and
+// returns an error to make testing easier.
+func (c *Action) issueFileCommand(cmd *Command) (retErr error) {
+	e := strings.ReplaceAll(cmd.Name, "-", "_")
+	e = strings.ToUpper(e)
+	e = "GITHUB_" + e
+
+	filepath := c.getenv(e)
+	msg := []byte(cmd.Message + EOF)
+	f, err := os.OpenFile(filepath, os.O_APPEND|os.O_CREATE|os.O_WRONLY, 0644)
+	if err != nil {
+		retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err)
+		return
+	}
+
+	defer func() {
+		if err := f.Close(); err != nil && retErr == nil {
+			retErr = err
+		}
+	}()
+
+	if _, err := f.Write(msg); err != nil {
+		retErr = fmt.Errorf(errFileCmdFmt, err)
+		return
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future
+// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output. It panics if
+// it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) AddMask(p string) {
+	// ::add-mask::<p>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    addMaskCmd,
+		Message: p,
+	})
+}
+
+// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path. It panics if it
+// cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) AddMatcher(p string) {
+	// ::add-matcher::<p>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    addMatcherCmd,
+		Message: p,
+	})
+}
+
+// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name. It panics if it
+// cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) RemoveMatcher(o string) {
+	// ::remove-matcher owner=<o>::
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name: removeMatcherCmd,
+		Properties: CommandProperties{
+			"owner": o,
+		},
+	})
+}
+
+// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation. It panics if it
+// cannot write to the output file.
+//
+// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-system-path
+// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/
+func (c *Action) AddPath(p string) {
+	c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    pathCmd,
+		Message: p,
+	})
+}
+
+// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+//
+// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::save-state name=<k>::<v>" in favor of
+// [environment files].
+//
+// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/
+func (c *Action) SaveState(k, v string) {
+	c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    stateCmd,
+		Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
+	})
+}
+
+// GetInput gets the input by the given name. It returns the empty string if the
+// input is not defined.
+func (c *Action) GetInput(i string) string {
+	e := strings.ReplaceAll(i, " ", "_")
+	e = strings.ToUpper(e)
+	e = "INPUT_" + e
+	return strings.TrimSpace(c.getenv(e))
+}
+
+// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Group(t string) {
+	// ::group::<t>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    groupCmd,
+		Message: t,
+	})
+}
+
+// EndGroup ends the current group. It panics if it cannot write to the output
+// stream.
+func (c *Action) EndGroup() {
+	// ::endgroup::
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name: endGroupCmd,
+	})
+}
+
+// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary
+// already exists, this value is appended.
+//
+// https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#adding-a-job-summary
+// https://github.blog/2022-05-09-supercharging-github-actions-with-job-summaries/
+func (c *Action) AddStepSummary(markdown string) {
+	c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    stepSummaryCmd,
+		Message: markdown,
+	})
+}
+
+// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go
+// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary
+// for caveats.
+//
+// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template.
+func (c *Action) AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error {
+	t, err := template.New("").Parse(tmpl)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to parse template: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	var b bytes.Buffer
+	if err := t.Execute(&b, data); err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to execute template: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	c.AddStepSummary(b.String())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// SetEnv sets an environment variable. It panics if it cannot write to the
+// output file.
+//
+// https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/workflow-commands-for-github-actions#setting-an-environment-variable
+// https://github.blog/changelog/2020-10-01-github-actions-deprecating-set-env-and-add-path-commands/
+func (c *Action) SetEnv(k, v string) {
+	c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    envCmd,
+		Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
+	})
+}
+
+// SetOutput sets an output parameter. It panics if it cannot write to the
+// output stream.
+//
+// On 2022-10-11, GitHub deprecated "::set-output name=<k>::<v>" in favor of
+// [environment files].
+//
+// [environment files]: https://github.blog/changelog/2022-10-11-github-actions-deprecating-save-state-and-set-output-commands/
+func (c *Action) SetOutput(k, v string) {
+	c.IssueFileCommand(&Command{
+		Name:    outputCmd,
+		Message: fmt.Sprintf(multilineFileCmd, k, v),
+	})
+}
+
+// Debugf prints a debug-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
+// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Debugf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	// ::debug <c.fields>::<msg, args>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:       debugCmd,
+		Message:    fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
+		Properties: c.fields,
+	})
+}
+
+// Noticef prints a notice-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
+// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Noticef(msg string, args ...any) {
+	// ::notice <c.fields>::<msg, args>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:       noticeCmd,
+		Message:    fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
+		Properties: c.fields,
+	})
+}
+
+// Warningf prints a warning-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
+// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Warningf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	// ::warning <c.fields>::<msg, args>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:       warningCmd,
+		Message:    fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
+		Properties: c.fields,
+	})
+}
+
+// Errorf prints a error-level message. It follows the standard fmt.Printf
+// arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end of the message. It
+// panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Errorf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	// ::error <c.fields>::<msg, args>
+	c.IssueCommand(&Command{
+		Name:       errorCmd,
+		Message:    fmt.Sprintf(msg, args...),
+		Properties: c.fields,
+	})
+}
+
+// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf
+// followed by os.Exit(1).
+func (c *Action) Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	c.Errorf(msg, args...)
+	osExit(1)
+}
+
+// Infof prints message to stdout without any level annotations. It follows the
+// standard fmt.Printf arguments, appending an OS-specific line break to the end
+// of the message. It panics if it cannot write to the output stream.
+func (c *Action) Infof(msg string, args ...any) {
+	if _, err := fmt.Fprintf(c.w, msg+EOF, args...); err != nil {
+		panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to write info command: %w", err))
+	}
+}
+
+// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a
+// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted. It panics if any of the
+// string in the given slice does not construct a valid 'key=value' pair.
+func (c *Action) WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action {
+	m := make(CommandProperties)
+	for _, s := range f {
+		pair := strings.SplitN(s, "=", 2)
+		if len(pair) < 2 {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("%q is not a proper k=v pair!", s))
+		}
+
+		m[pair[0]] = pair[1]
+	}
+
+	return c.WithFieldsMap(m)
+}
+
+// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m"
+// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted.
+func (c *Action) WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action {
+	return &Action{
+		w:          c.w,
+		fields:     m,
+		getenv:     c.getenv,
+		httpClient: c.httpClient,
+	}
+}
+
+// idTokenResponse is the response from minting an ID token.
+type idTokenResponse struct {
+	Value string `json:"value,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime.
+func (c *Action) GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) {
+	requestURL := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL")
+	if requestURL == "" {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_URL in environment")
+	}
+
+	requestToken := c.getenv("ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN")
+	if requestToken == "" {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("missing ACTIONS_ID_TOKEN_REQUEST_TOKEN in environment")
+	}
+
+	u, err := url.Parse(requestURL)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to parse request URL: %w", err)
+	}
+	if audience != "" {
+		q := u.Query()
+		q.Set("audience", audience)
+		u.RawQuery = q.Encode()
+	}
+
+	req, err := http.NewRequestWithContext(ctx, "GET", u.String(), nil)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to create HTTP request: %w", err)
+	}
+	req.Header.Set("Authorization", "Bearer "+requestToken)
+
+	resp, err := c.httpClient.Do(req)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to make HTTP request: %w", err)
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	// This has moved to the io package in Go 1.16, but we still support up to Go
+	// 1.13 for now.
+	body, err := io.ReadAll(io.LimitReader(resp.Body, 64*1000))
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to read response body: %w", err)
+	}
+	body = bytes.TrimSpace(body)
+
+	if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("non-successful response from minting OIDC token: %s", body)
+	}
+
+	var tokenResp idTokenResponse
+	if err := json.Unmarshal(body, &tokenResp); err != nil {
+		return "", fmt.Errorf("failed to process response as JSON: %w", err)
+	}
+	return tokenResp.Value, nil
+}
+
+// Getenv retrieves the value of the environment variable named by the key.
+// It uses an internal function that can be set with `WithGetenv`.
+func (c *Action) Getenv(key string) string {
+	return c.getenv(key)
+}
+
+// GetenvFunc is an abstraction to make tests feasible for commands that
+// interact with environment variables.
+type GetenvFunc func(key string) string
+
+// GitHubContext of current workflow.
+//
+// See: https://docs.github.com/en/actions/learn-github-actions/environment-variables
+type GitHubContext struct {
+	Action           string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION"`
+	ActionPath       string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_PATH"`
+	ActionRepository string `env:"GITHUB_ACTION_REPOSITORY"`
+	Actions          bool   `env:"GITHUB_ACTIONS"`
+	Actor            string `env:"GITHUB_ACTOR"`
+	APIURL           string `env:"GITHUB_API_URL,default=https://api.github.com"`
+	BaseRef          string `env:"GITHUB_BASE_REF"`
+	Env              string `env:"GITHUB_ENV"`
+	EventName        string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_NAME"`
+	EventPath        string `env:"GITHUB_EVENT_PATH"`
+	GraphqlURL       string `env:"GITHUB_GRAPHQL_URL,default=https://api.github.com/graphql"`
+	HeadRef          string `env:"GITHUB_HEAD_REF"`
+	Job              string `env:"GITHUB_JOB"`
+	Path             string `env:"GITHUB_PATH"`
+	Ref              string `env:"GITHUB_REF"`
+	RefName          string `env:"GITHUB_REF_NAME"`
+	RefProtected     bool   `env:"GITHUB_REF_PROTECTED"`
+	RefType          string `env:"GITHUB_REF_TYPE"`
+
+	// Repository is the owner and repository name. For example, octocat/Hello-World
+	// It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository name
+	// but to use the Repo method instead.
+	Repository string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY"`
+
+	// RepositoryOwner is the repository owner. For example, octocat
+	// It is not recommended to use this field to acquire the repository owner
+	// but to use the Repo method instead.
+	RepositoryOwner string `env:"GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER"`
+
+	RetentionDays int64  `env:"GITHUB_RETENTION_DAYS"`
+	RunAttempt    int64  `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ATTEMPT"`
+	RunID         int64  `env:"GITHUB_RUN_ID"`
+	RunNumber     int64  `env:"GITHUB_RUN_NUMBER"`
+	ServerURL     string `env:"GITHUB_SERVER_URL,default=https://github.com"`
+	SHA           string `env:"GITHUB_SHA"`
+	StepSummary   string `env:"GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"`
+	Workflow      string `env:"GITHUB_WORKFLOW"`
+	Workspace     string `env:"GITHUB_WORKSPACE"`
+
+	// Event is populated by parsing the file at EventPath, if it exists.
+	Event map[string]any
+}
+
+// Repo returns the username of the repository owner and repository name.
+func (c *GitHubContext) Repo() (string, string) {
+	if c == nil {
+		return "", ""
+	}
+
+	// Based on https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/main/packages/github/src/context.ts
+	if c.Repository != "" {
+		parts := strings.SplitN(c.Repository, "/", 2)
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			return parts[0], ""
+		}
+		return parts[0], parts[1]
+	}
+
+	// If c.Repository is empty attempt to get the repo from the Event data.
+	var repoName string
+	// NOTE: differs from context.ts. Fall back to GITHUB_REPOSITORY_OWNER
+	ownerName := c.RepositoryOwner
+	if c.Event != nil {
+		if repo, ok := c.Event["repository"].(map[string]any); ok {
+			if name, ok := repo["name"].(string); ok {
+				repoName = name
+			}
+			if owner, ok := repo["owner"].(map[string]any); ok {
+				if name, ok := owner["name"].(string); ok {
+					ownerName = name
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return ownerName, repoName
+}
+
+// Context returns the context of current action with the payload object
+// that triggered the workflow
+func (c *Action) Context() (*GitHubContext, error) {
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	lookuper := &wrappedLookuper{f: c.getenv}
+
+	var githubContext GitHubContext
+	if err := envconfig.ProcessWith(ctx, &githubContext, lookuper); err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not process github context variables: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	if githubContext.EventPath != "" {
+		eventData, err := os.ReadFile(githubContext.EventPath)
+		if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("could not read event file: %w", err)
+		}
+		if eventData != nil {
+			if err := json.Unmarshal(eventData, &githubContext.Event); err != nil {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to unmarshal event payload: %w", err)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &githubContext, nil
+}
+
+// wrappedLookuper creates a lookuper that wraps a given getenv func.
+type wrappedLookuper struct {
+	f GetenvFunc
+}
+
+// Lookup implements a custom lookuper.
+func (w *wrappedLookuper) Lookup(key string) (string, bool) {
+	if v := w.f(key); v != "" {
+		return v, true
+	}
+	return "", false
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/actions_root.go

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package githubactions
+
+import (
+	"context"
+)
+
+var (
+	defaultAction = New()
+)
+
+// IssueCommand issues an arbitrary GitHub actions Command.
+func IssueCommand(cmd *Command) {
+	defaultAction.IssueCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+// IssueFileCommand issues a new GitHub actions Command using environment files.
+func IssueFileCommand(cmd *Command) {
+	defaultAction.IssueFileCommand(cmd)
+}
+
+// AddMask adds a new field mask for the given string "p". After called, future
+// attempts to log "p" will be replaced with "***" in log output.
+func AddMask(p string) {
+	defaultAction.AddMask(p)
+}
+
+// AddMatcher adds a new matcher with the given file path.
+func AddMatcher(p string) {
+	defaultAction.AddMatcher(p)
+}
+
+// RemoveMatcher removes a matcher with the given owner name.
+func RemoveMatcher(o string) {
+	defaultAction.RemoveMatcher(o)
+}
+
+// AddPath adds the string "p" to the path for the invocation.
+func AddPath(p string) {
+	defaultAction.AddPath(p)
+}
+
+// SaveState saves state to be used in the "finally" post job entry point.
+func SaveState(k, v string) {
+	defaultAction.SaveState(k, v)
+}
+
+// GetInput gets the input by the given name.
+func GetInput(i string) string {
+	return defaultAction.GetInput(i)
+}
+
+// Group starts a new collapsable region up to the next ungroup invocation.
+func Group(t string) {
+	defaultAction.Group(t)
+}
+
+// EndGroup ends the current group.
+func EndGroup() {
+	defaultAction.EndGroup()
+}
+
+// AddStepSummary writes the given markdown to the job summary. If a job summary
+// already exists, this value is appended.
+func AddStepSummary(markdown string) {
+	defaultAction.AddStepSummary(markdown)
+}
+
+// AddStepSummaryTemplate adds a summary template by parsing the given Go
+// template using html/template with the given input data. See AddStepSummary
+// for caveats.
+//
+// This primarily exists as a convenience function that renders a template.
+func AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl string, data any) error {
+	return defaultAction.AddStepSummaryTemplate(tmpl, data)
+}
+
+// SetEnv sets an environment variable.
+func SetEnv(k, v string) {
+	defaultAction.SetEnv(k, v)
+}
+
+// SetOutput sets an output parameter.
+func SetOutput(k, v string) {
+	defaultAction.SetOutput(k, v)
+}
+
+// Debugf prints a debug-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
+// arguments.
+func Debugf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Debugf(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// Noticef prints a notice-level message. The arguments follow the standard
+// Printf arguments.
+func Noticef(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Noticef(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// Errorf prints a error-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
+// arguments.
+func Errorf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Errorf(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// Fatalf prints a error-level message and exits. This is equivalent to Errorf
+// followed by os.Exit(1).
+func Fatalf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Fatalf(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// Infof prints a info-level message. The arguments follow the standard Printf
+// arguments.
+func Infof(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Infof(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// Warningf prints a warning-level message. The arguments follow the standard
+// Printf arguments.
+func Warningf(msg string, args ...any) {
+	defaultAction.Warningf(msg, args...)
+}
+
+// WithFieldsSlice includes the provided fields in log output. "f" must be a
+// slice of k=v pairs. The given slice will be sorted.
+func WithFieldsSlice(f []string) *Action {
+	return defaultAction.WithFieldsSlice(f)
+}
+
+// WithFieldsMap includes the provided fields in log output. The fields in "m"
+// are automatically converted to k=v pairs and sorted.
+func WithFieldsMap(m map[string]string) *Action {
+	return defaultAction.WithFieldsMap(m)
+}
+
+// GetIDToken returns the GitHub OIDC token from the GitHub Actions runtime.
+func GetIDToken(ctx context.Context, audience string) (string, error) {
+	return defaultAction.GetIDToken(ctx, audience)
+}
+
+func Context() (*GitHubContext, error) {
+	return defaultAction.Context()
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/command.go

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+// Copyright 2020 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package githubactions
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"sort"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+const (
+	cmdSeparator        = "::"
+	cmdPropertiesPrefix = " "
+)
+
+// CommandProperties is a named "map[string]string" type to hold key-value pairs
+// passed to an actions command.
+type CommandProperties map[string]string
+
+// String encodes the CommandProperties to a string as comma separated
+// 'key=value' pairs. The pairs are joined in a chronological order.
+func (props *CommandProperties) String() string {
+	l := make([]string, 0, len(*props))
+	for k, v := range *props {
+		l = append(l, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", k, escapeProperty(v)))
+	}
+
+	sort.Strings(l)
+	return strings.Join(l, ",")
+}
+
+// Command can be issued by a GitHub action by writing to `stdout` with
+// following format.
+//
+// ::name key=value,key=value::message
+//
+//  Examples:
+//    ::warning::This is the message
+//    ::set-env name=MY_VAR::some value
+type Command struct {
+	Name       string
+	Message    string
+	Properties CommandProperties
+}
+
+// String encodes the Command to a string in the following format:
+//
+// ::name key=value,key=value::message
+func (cmd *Command) String() string {
+	// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L43-L45
+	if cmd.Name == "" {
+		cmd.Name = "missing.command"
+	}
+
+	var builder strings.Builder
+	builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator)
+	builder.WriteString(cmd.Name)
+	if len(cmd.Properties) > 0 {
+		builder.WriteString(cmdPropertiesPrefix)
+		builder.WriteString(cmd.Properties.String())
+	}
+
+	builder.WriteString(cmdSeparator)
+	builder.WriteString(escapeData(cmd.Message))
+	return builder.String()
+}
+
+// escapeData escapes string values for presentation in the output of a command.
+// This is a not-so-well-documented requirement of commands that define a
+// message:
+//
+// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L74
+//
+// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here:
+//
+// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L92
+//
+func escapeData(v string) string {
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A")
+	return v
+}
+
+// escapeData escapes command property values for presentation in the output of
+// a command.
+//
+// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/9ad01e4fd30025e8858650d38e95cfe9193a3222/packages/core/src/command.ts#L68
+//
+// The equivalent toolkit function can be found here:
+//
+// https://github.com/actions/toolkit/blob/1cc56db0ff126f4d65aeb83798852e02a2c180c3/packages/core/src/command.ts#L99-L106
+func escapeProperty(v string) string {
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "%", "%25")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\r", "%0D")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, "\n", "%0A")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ":", "%3A")
+	v = strings.ReplaceAll(v, ",", "%2C")
+	return v
+}

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_crlf.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+//go:build windows
+// +build windows
+
+package githubactions
+
+const EOF = "\r\n"

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/eof_lf.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+//go:build !windows
+// +build !windows
+
+package githubactions
+
+const EOF = "\n"

vendor/github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions/options.go

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+// Copyright 2021 The Authors
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//
+//      http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+
+package githubactions
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// Option is a modifier for an Action.
+type Option func(*Action) *Action
+
+// WithWriter sets the writer function on an Action. By default, this will
+// be `os.Stdout` from the standard library.
+func WithWriter(w io.Writer) Option {
+	return func(a *Action) *Action {
+		a.w = w
+		return a
+	}
+}
+
+// WithFields sets the extra command field on an Action.
+func WithFields(fields CommandProperties) Option {
+	return func(a *Action) *Action {
+		a.fields = fields
+		return a
+	}
+}
+
+// WithGetenv sets the `Getenv` function on an Action. By default, this will
+// be `os.Getenv` from the standard library.
+func WithGetenv(getenv GetenvFunc) Option {
+	return func(a *Action) *Action {
+		a.getenv = getenv
+		return a
+	}
+}
+
+// WithHTTPClient sets a custom HTTP client on the action. This is only used
+// when the action makes output HTTP requests (such as generating an OIDC
+// token).
+func WithHTTPClient(c *http.Client) Option {
+	return func(a *Action) *Action {
+		a.httpClient = c
+		return a
+	}
+}

vendor/modules.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea v0.15.1
+## explicit; go 1.13
+code.gitea.io/sdk/gitea
+# github.com/hashicorp/go-version v1.2.1
+## explicit
+github.com/hashicorp/go-version
+# github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig v0.8.0
+## explicit; go 1.17
+github.com/sethvargo/go-envconfig
+# github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions v1.1.0
+## explicit; go 1.18
+github.com/sethvargo/go-githubactions